xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision 63d1fd5970ec814904aa0f4580b10a0d302d08b2)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2
3
4This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
5of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
6summary of the changes in that release.
7
88.15.2/8.15.2	2015/07/03
9	If FEATURE(`nopercenthack') is used then some bogus input triggered
10		a recursion which was caught and logged as
11		SYSERR: rewrite: excessive recursion (max 50) ...
12		Fix based on patch from Ondrej Holas.
13	DHParameters now by default uses an included 2048 bit prime.
14		The value 'none' previously caused a log entry claiming
15		there was an error "cannot read or set DH parameters".
16		Also note that this option applies to the server side only.
17	The U= mailer field didn't accept group names containing hyphens,
18		underbars, or periods.  Based on patch from David Gwynne
19		of the University of Queensland.
20	CONFIG: Allow connections from IPv6:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 to relay again.
21		Patch from Lars-Johan Liman of Netnod Internet Exchange.
22	CONFIG: New option UseCompressedIPv6Addresses to select between
23		compressed and uncompressed IPv6 addresses.  The default
24		value depends on the compile-time option IPV6_FULL:
25		For 1 the default is False, for 0 it is True, thus
26		preserving the current behaviour.  Based on patch from
27		John Beck of Oracle.
28	CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in
29		FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov
30		from FreeBSD and Robert Scheck from the Fedora Project.
31	CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in check_mail ruleset.
32	LIBMILTER: Deal with more invalid protocol data to avoid potential
33		crashes.  Problem noted by Dimitri Kirchner.
34	LIBMILTER: Allow a milter to specify an empty macro list ("", not
35		NULL) in smfi_setsymlist() so no macro is sent for the
36		selected stage.
37	MAKEMAP: A change to check TrustedUser in fewer cases which was
38		made in 2013 caused a potential regression when makemap
39		was run as root (which should not be done anyway).
40	Note: sendmail often contains options "For Future Releases"
41		(prefix _FFR_) which might be enabled in a subsequent
42		version or might simply be removed as they turned out not
43		to be really useful.  These features are usually not
44		documented but if they are, then the required (FFR)
45		options are listed in
46		- doc/op/op.* for rulesets and macros,
47		- cf/README for mc/cf options.
48
498.15.1/8.15.1	2014/12/06
50	SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
51		(except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
52	If header rewriting fails due to a temporary map lookup failure,
53		queue the mail for later retry instead of sending it
54		without rewriting the header.  Note: this is done
55		while the mail is being sent and hence the transaction
56		is aborted, which only works for SMTP/LMTP mailers
57		hence the handling of temporary map failures is
58		suppressed for other mailers. SMTP/LMTP servers may
59		complain about aborted transactions when this problem
60		occurs.
61		See also "DNS Lookups" in sendmail/TUNING.
62	Incompatible Change: Use uncompressed IPv6 addresses by default,
63		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example,
64		instead of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This
65		permits a zero subnet to have a more specific match,
66		such as different map entries for IPv6:0:0 vs IPv6:0.
67		This change requires that configuration data
68		(including maps, files, classes, custom ruleset,
69		etc) must use the same format, so make certain such
70		configuration data is updated before using 8.15.
71		As a very simple check search for patterns like
72		'IPv6:[0-9a-fA-F:]*::' and 'IPv6::'. If necessary,
73		the prior format can be retained by compiling with:
74		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-DIPV6_FULL=0')
75		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
76	If debugging is turned on (-d0.14) also print the OpenSSL
77		versions, both build time and run time
78		(provided STARTTLS is compiled in).
79	If a connection to the MTA is dropped by the client before its
80		hostname can be validated, treat it as "may be forged",
81		so that the unvalidated hostname is not passed to a
82		milter in xxfi_connect().
83	Add a timeout for communication with socket map servers
84		which can be specified using the -d option.
85	Add a compile time option HESIOD_ALLOW_NUMERIC_LOGIN to allow
86		numeric logins even if HESIOD is enabled.
87	The new option CertFingerprintAlgorithm specifies the finger-
88		print algorithm (digest) to use for the presented cert.
89		If the option is not set, md5 is used and the macro
90		{cert_md5} contains the cert fingerprint.
91		However, if the option is set, the specified algorithm
92		(e.g., sha1) is used and the macro {cert_fp} contains
93		the cert fingerprint.
94		That is, as long as the option is not set, the behaviour
95		does not change, but otherwise, {cert_md5} is superseded
96		by {cert_fp} even if you set CertFingerprintAlgorithm
97		to md5.
98	The options ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions can be used
99		to set SSL options for the server and client side
100		respectively. See SSL_CTX_set_options(3) for a list.
101		Note: this change turns on SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 and
102		SSL_OP_NO_TICKET for the client. See doc/op/op.me
103		for details.
104	The option CipherList sets the list of ciphers for STARTTLS.
105		See ciphers(1) for possible values.
106	Do not log "STARTTLS: internal error: tls_verify_cb: ssl == NULL"
107		if a CRLFfile is in use (and LogLevel is 14 or higher.)
108	Store a more specific TLS protocol version in ${tls_version}
109		instead of a generic one, e.g., TLSv1 instead of
110		TLSv1/SSLv3.
111	Properly set {client_port} value on little endian machines.
112		Patch from Kelsey Cummings of Sonic.net.
113	Per RFC 3848, indicate in the Received: header whether SSL or
114		SMTP AUTH was negotiated by setting the protocol clause
115		to ESMTPS, ESMTPA, or ESMTPSA instead of ESMTP.
116	If the 'C' flag is listed as TLSSrvOptions the requirement for the
117		TLS server to have a cert is removed.  This only works
118		under very specific circumstances and should only be used
119		if the consequences are understood, e.g., clients
120		may not work with a server using this.
121	The options ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, ServerCertFile, and
122		ServerKeyFile can take a second file name, which must be
123		separated from the first with a comma (note: do not use
124		any spaces) to set up a second cert/key pair. This can
125		be used to have certs of different types, e.g., RSA
126		and DSA.
127	A new map type "arpa" is available to reverse an IP (IPv4 or IPv6)
128		address. It returns the string for the PTR lookup, but
129		without trailing {ip6,in-addr}.arpa.
130	New operation mode  'C' just checks the configuration file, e.g.,
131		sendmail -C new.cf -bC
132		will perform a basic syntax/consistency check of new.cf.
133	The mailer flag 'I' is deprecated and will be removed in a
134		future version.
135	Allow local (not just TCP) socket connections to the server, e.g.,
136		O DaemonPortOptions=Family=local, Addr=/var/mta/server.sock
137		can be used.
138	If the new option MaxQueueAge is set to a value greater than zero,
139		entries in the queue will be retried during a queue run
140		only if the individual retry time has been reached which
141		is doubled for each attempt.  The maximum retry time is
142		limited by the specified value.
143	New DontBlameSendmail option GroupReadableDefaultAuthInfoFile
144		to relax requirement for DefaultAuthInfo file.
145	Reset timeout after receiving a message to appropriate value if
146		STARTTLS is in use.  Based on patch by Kelsey Cummings
147		of Sonic.net.
148	Report correct error messages from the LDAP library for a range of
149		small negative return values covering those used by OpenLDAP.
150	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 5.0 and 6.0.  Patch from
151		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
152	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nopercenthack') takes one parameter: reject or
153		nospecial which describes whether to disallow "%" in the
154		local part of an address.
155	DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
156		shared libraries are available.  Problem reported by
157		Bryan Costales.
158	LIBMILTER: Mark communication socket as close-on-exec in case
159		a user's filter starts other applications.
160		Based on patch from Paul Howarth.
161	Portability:
162		SunOS 5.12 has changed the API for sigwait(2) to conform
163		with XPG7.  Based on patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
164	Deleted Files:
165		libsm/path.c
166
1678.14.9/8.14.9	2014/05/21
168	SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
169		(except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
170	Fix a misformed comment in conf.c: "/*" within comment
171		which may cause a compilation error on some systems.
172		Problem reported by John Beck of Oracle.
173	DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
174		shared libraries are available.  Problem reported by
175		Bryan Costales.
176
1778.14.8/8.14.8	2014/01/26
178	Properly initialize all OpenSSL algorithms for versions before
179		OpenSSL 0.9.8o. Without this SHA2 algorithms may not
180		work properly, causing for example failures for certs
181		that use sha256WithRSAEncryption as signature algorithm.
182	When looking up hostnames, ensure only to return those records
183		for the requested family (AF_INET or AF_INET6).
184		On system that have NEEDSGETIPNODE and NETINET6
185		this may have failed and cause delivery problems.
186		Problem noted by Kees Cook.
187	A new mailer flag '!' is available to suppress an MH hack
188		that drops an explicit From: header if it is the
189		same as what sendmail would generate.
190	Add an FFR (for future release) to use uncompressed IPv6 addresses,
191		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example, instead
192		of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This means that
193		configuration data (including maps, files, classes,
194		custom ruleset, etc) have to use the same format.
195		This will be turned on in 8.15.  It can be enabled in 8.14
196		by compiling with:
197		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_IPV6_FULL')
198		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
199	Add an additional case for the WorkAroundBrokenAAAA check when
200		dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
201		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time.
202		Problem noted by Pavel Timofeev of OCS.
203	If available, pass LOGIN_SETCPUMASK and LOGIN_SETLOGINCLASS to
204		setusercontext() on deliveries as a different user.
205		Patch from Edward Tomasz Napierala from FreeBSD.
206	Avoid compiler warnings from a change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.25.
207		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
208	Add support for DHParameters 2048-bit primes.
209	CONFIG: Accept IPv6 literals when evaluating the HELO/EHLO argument
210		in FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov.
211	LIBSMDB: Add a missing check for malloc() in libsmdb/smndbm.c.
212		Patch from Bill Parker.
213	LIBSMDB: Fix minor memory leaks in libsmdb/ if allocations
214		fail.  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
215	Portability:
216		Add support for Darwin 12.x and 13.x (Mac OS X 10.8 and 10.9).
217		On Linux use socklen_t as the type for the 3rd argument
218		for getsockname/getpeername if the glibc version is at
219		least 2.1.
220	Added Files:
221		devtools/OS/Darwin.12.x
222		devtools/OS/Darwin.13.x
223
2248.14.7/8.14.7	2013/04/21
225	Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
226		from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
227		and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
228		connection.  Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
229	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
230		macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
231		Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
232		(Jaroslav Skarvada).
233	Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
234		was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
235		to the "addr-type" field.  Problem noted by Dan Lukes
236		of Obludarium.
237	Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
238		so that message bodies containing them will be sent
239		on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
240		that are not converted as those functions are used
241		for other purposes too.  Problem noted by Elchonon
242		Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
243	Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
244		resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
245		(4xy) via ruleset 0.  Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
246		of IIJ.
247	CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
248		of Oracle.
249	Portability:
250		Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
251		definitions.
252
2538.14.6/8.14.6	2012/12/23
254	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
255		two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
256		STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
257		the client side would fail.  Problem noted by Lena.
258	Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
259		as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
260		to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
261		can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
262		headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
263		as a DKIM signing milter.
264	If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
265		runners could not be started anymore because an
266		internal counter was subject to a race condition.
267	If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
268		with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
269		In some situations, the resulting error might have been
270		ignored.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
271		Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
272		should not be done without considering the potential
273		problems.
274	smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
275		the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
276		list for all milters.  Problem reported by
277		David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
278	If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
279		then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
280		gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
281		Patch from Peter.
282	If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
283		error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
284		triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
285		memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
286		systems).  Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
287	Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
288		log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
289	Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
290		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
291	Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
292		is done for IPv6).  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
293	Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
294		that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
295		the reason for the failure in a single log line.  Suggested
296		by James Carey of Boeing.
297	Portability:
298		Add support for Darwin 11.x (Mac OS X 10.7).
299		Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
300		John Beck of Oracle.
301	Added Files:
302		devtools/OS/Darwin.11.x
303		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.12
304
3058.14.5/8.14.5	2011/05/17
306	Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
307		is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
308		for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
309		same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
310		Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
311	Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
312		map lookup returns a size larger than 1K.  Based on a
313		patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
314	If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
315		the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
316		functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
317		versions the mail might have been queued up already
318		and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
319		will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
320		delivery.
321	Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
322	Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
323		use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
324	Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
325		no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
326		to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
327		Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
328	Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
329		lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
330		"AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
331		the memory of the client.  Bug report by Nils of MWR
332		InfoSecurity.
333	Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
334		connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
335		Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
336	If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
337		it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
338		unparseable) address is specified.
339	If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
340		stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
341		it.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
342	CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
343		-T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
344		that did not use LDAP.  This change has been undone
345		until a better solution can be implemented.  Problem
346		found by Andy Fiddaman.
347	CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
348		Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
349	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
350		letter between the question marks.  Patch from
351		Stefan Christensen.
352	DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
353		Patch from Mitchell Berger.
354	Portability:
355		Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
356		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later.  Patch
357		from John Marshall.
358		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
359		Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
360		Solaris 11.  Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
361		Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
362		OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0.  Based on patch from
363		Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
364		Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
365		for Solaris 11.  Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
366	New Files:
367		cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
368
3698.14.4/8.14.4	2009/12/30
370	SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
371		in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
372		in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro.  Patch inspired
373		by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
374	During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
375		could occur which might result in bogus characters
376		being used.  Based on patch from John Vannoy of
377		Pepperdine University.
378	The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
379		was not processed correctly.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
380	Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
381		path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
382		MAXSHORTSTR (203).  Patch from John Gardiner Myers
383		of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
384		Hubert of University of Washington.
385	Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
386		valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
387		to be happening on some Linux versions).
388	The process title was missing the current load average when
389		the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
390		Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
391	Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
392		only some of them are processed.
393	Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
394		from a milter.  Problem found by Scott Rotondo
395		of Sun Microsystems.
396	If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
397		would not be initialized for use in the client either.
398		Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
399	If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
400		handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
401		because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
402		Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
403		the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
404		machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
405		to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me).  Patch from
406		Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
407	Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
408		endian machines for loopback address.  Patch from
409		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
410	Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
411		Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
412	If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
413		of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
414		with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
415	Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
416		missing disk space in the mail queue.  Based on patch
417		from Martin Poole of RedHat.
418	CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
419		cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
420	CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
421		referred to a wrong macro.  Patch from John Gardiner
422		Myers of Proofpoint.
423	CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
424		did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
425		Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
426	CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
427		strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
428		problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
429		were used.  Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
430		University of Helsinki.
431	LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
432		is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
433		it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
434		libraries).
435	LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
436		was used.  Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
437	LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
438		which add, insert, or replace headers.  From Benjamin
439		Pineau.
440	LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
441		correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used.  Based on patch from
442		John Nemeth.
443	LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
444		carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
445		OpenLDAP proxy servers.
446	VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
447		Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
448	Portability:
449		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
450		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
451		Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
452		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
453
4548.14.3/8.14.3	2008/05/03
455	During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
456		lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
457		for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
458		character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
459		failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
460	8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
461		freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
462		Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
463		bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
464		Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
465	Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status.  Patch
466		from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
467	Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx').  Problem
468		noted by Beth Halsema.
469	The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
470		was activated. This may cause problems if that value
471		is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
472	CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
473		to operate incorrectly.  Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
474	LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
475		callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
476		libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
477		whether libmilter contains this fix.
478	MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
479		dumping a map.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
480	Portability:
481		Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
482		Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9.  Patch from
483		Chris Behrens of Concentric.
484		Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
485	DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
486	Added Files:
487		devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
488		devtools/OS/OSR.i386
489
4908.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
491	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
492		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
493		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
494		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
495		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
496	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
497		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
498		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
499		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
500		Myers of Proofpoint.
501	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
502		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
503	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
504		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
505		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
506		recipients.
507	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
508		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
509		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
510	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
511		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
512	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
513		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
514		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
515	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
516		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
517		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
518		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
519		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
520	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
521		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
522		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
523	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
524		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
525		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
526	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
527		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
528		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
529		than one LDAP server.
530	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
531		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
532		a system which does not have the compile time flag
533		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
534		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
535	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
536		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
537		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
538	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
539		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
540		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
541	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
542	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
543		replacing files.
544	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
545		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
546	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
547		appropriate.
548	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
549		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
550		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
551	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
552		from the version number, however, the returned value was
553		correct for the current libmilter version.
554
5558.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
556	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
557		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
558		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
559		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
560		found by Andy Fiddaman.
561	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
562		could not be set in 8.14.0.
563	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
564		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
565		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
566		Werner Wiethege.
567	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
568		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
569		Science and Mathematics.
570	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
571	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
572		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
573		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
574		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
575	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
576		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
577	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
578		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
579	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
580		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
581	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
582		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
583	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
584		Patches from Bryan Costales.
585	PORTABILITY FIXES:
586		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
587			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
588			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
589			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
590		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
591			Software Systems.
592	New Files:
593		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
594		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
595		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
596
597	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
598		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
599		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
600
6018.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
602	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
603		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
604		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
605		  headers.
606	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
607		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
608		exactly one space.
609	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
610		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
611		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
612		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
613		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
614		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
615	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
616		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
617		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
618		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
619	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
620		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
621	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
622		Patch from Nik Clayton.
623	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
624		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
625	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
626		per daemon socket:
627			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
628			refuseLA	RefuseLA
629			delayLA		DelayLA
630			queueLA		QueueLA
631			children	MaxDaemonChildren
632	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
633		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
634		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
635		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
636	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
637		from Nik Clayton.
638	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
639		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
640		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
641		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
642	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
643		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
644		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
645		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
646	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
647		readable" status.
648	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
649		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
650	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
651		is a header address it also distinguishes between
652		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
653		envelope addresses).
654	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
655		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
656	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
657	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
658		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
659		slow down responding.
660	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
661		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
662		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
663		a file where to store the selected key.
664	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
665		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
666		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
667		connection is terminated immediately.
668	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
669		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
670		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
671	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
672		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
673		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
674			a query if it is too long.
675		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
676			to form the result of a lookup.
677	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
678		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
679		started by using "make check".
680	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
681		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
682		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
683	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
684		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
685	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
686		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
687		intended.
688	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
689		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
690	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
691		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
692		which may improve the communication performance on some
693		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
694		Proofpoint.
695	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
696		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
697		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
698		line.
699	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
700		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
701	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
702		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
703		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
704	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
705		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
706		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
707	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
708		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
709		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
710		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
711	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
712		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
713		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
714		each delivery.
715	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
716		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
717		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
718		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
719	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
720		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
721		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
722		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
723		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
724		Sun Microsystems.
725	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
726		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
727		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
728	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
729		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
730	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
731		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
732			To:user@example.com	RELAY
733	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
734		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
735		SMTP dialogue.
736	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
737		for the HELO/EHLO command.
738	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
739		messages by using those values as second argument.
740		Patches from Nelson Fung.
741	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
742		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
743		preceeded by a backslash.
744	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
745		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
746		the required installation directories.
747	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
748		executables (defaults to confCC).
749	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
750		has several changes which are listed below and documented
751		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
752	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
753		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
754		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
755		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
756		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
757		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
758		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
759	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
760		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
761		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
762		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
763		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
764		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
765	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
766		can act on the DATA command.
767	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
768		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
769	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
770		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
771		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
772	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
773		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
774		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
775		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
776		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
777		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
778		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
779	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
780		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
781	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
782		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
783	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
784		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
785		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
786		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
787		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
788	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
789		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
790		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
791		negotiation.
792	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
793		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
794		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
795		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
796		inserted, or replaced.
797	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
798		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
799		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
800	New Files:
801		cf/feature/badmx.m4
802		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
803		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
804		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
805		include/sm/misc.h
806		include/sm/sendmail.h
807		include/sm/tailq.h
808		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
809		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
810		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
811		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
812		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
813		libmilter/example.c
814		libmilter/monitor.c
815		libmilter/worker.c
816		libsm/memstat.c
817		libsm/t-memstat.c
818		libsm/t-qic.c
819		libsm/util.c
820		sendmail/daemon.h
821		sendmail/map.h
822
8238.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
824	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
825		the server can erroneously report that there is
826		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
827		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
828		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
829		of University of Washington.
830	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
831		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
832		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
833		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
834	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
835		David F. Skoll.
836	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
837		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
838	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
839		range (0..255).
840	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
841		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
842		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
843		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.me
844		about these macros.
845
8468.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
847	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
848		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
849		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
850		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
851		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
852		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
853		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
854		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
855		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
856		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
857	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
858		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
859		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
860	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
861		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
862		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
863		layer made in 8.13.6.
864	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
865		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
866		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
867		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
868		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
869		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
870		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
871		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
872		to avoid those false positives.
873	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
874		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
875		files were not removed.
876	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
877		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
878		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
879	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
880		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
881		either of these versions and compression is available,
882		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
883		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
884	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
885		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
886		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
887		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
888		but an argument must be specified.
889	Portability:
890		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
891		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
892
8938.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
894	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
895		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
896		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
897		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
898		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
899		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
900		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
901	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
902		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
903		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
904		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
905		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
906		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
907	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
908		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
909		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
910		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
911	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
912		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
913		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
914		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
915		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
916		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
917		A. Earickson of Colby College.
918	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
919		Myers of Proofpoint.
920	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
921		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
922		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
923	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
924		resume a stored TLS session.
925	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
926		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
927		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
928	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
929		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
930		Sun Microsystems.
931	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
932		This generates an error message from libmilter on
933		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
934		request silently.
935	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
936		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
937		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
938		Services.
939	Portability:
940		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
941		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
942		Andrew Brown.
943
9448.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
945	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
946		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
947		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
948		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
949		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
950		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
951		than the base directory.
952	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
953		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
954		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
955		Werner Wiethege.
956	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
957		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
958		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
959		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
960	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
961		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
962		University.
963	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
964		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
965	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
966		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
967		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
968	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
969		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
970	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
971	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
972		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
973		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
974	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
975		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
976	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
977			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
978			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
979			source code.
980		Add support for AIX 5.3.
981		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
982		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
983		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
984	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
985		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
986			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
987			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
988		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
989			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
990			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
991			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
992		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
993			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
994			by Mike Pechkin.
995	New Files:
996		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
997		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
998		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
999		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
1000		include/sm/time.h
1001
10028.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
1003	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
1004		different error which could result in connections that
1005		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
1006		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
1007	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
1008		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
1009		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
1010		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
1011	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
1012		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
1013	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
1014		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
1015		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
1016		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
1017	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
1018		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
1019		and bounce generation.
1020	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
1021		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
1022		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
1023		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
1024		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1025	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
1026		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
1027	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
1028		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
1029	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
1030		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
1031		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
1032	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
1033		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
1034		by Joe Maimon.
1035	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
1036		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
1037		on patch by Brian Kantor.
1038	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
1039		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
1040		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
1041	Portability:
1042		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
1043			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
1044			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
1045			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
1046			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
1047		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
1048			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
1049			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
1050			University of Bremen.
1051	New Files:
1052		include/sm/sem.h
1053		libsm/sem.c
1054		libsm/t-sem.c
1055
10568.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
1057	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
1058		is active.
1059	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
1060		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1061		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1062	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
1063		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1064		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1065	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
1066		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
1067		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
1068		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
1069
10708.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
1071	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
1072		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
1073		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
1074		Simple Nomad of BindView.
1075	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
1076		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
1077		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
1078	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
1079		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
1080		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
1081		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
1082		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1083	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
1084		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
1085	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
1086		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
1087		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
1088	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
1089		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
1090	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
1091		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
1092		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1093	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
1094		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
1095	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
1096		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
1097		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
1098	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
1099		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1100	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
1101		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
1102		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
1103	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
1104		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
1105		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
1106	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
1107		noted by Nelson Fung.
1108	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
1109		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
1110	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
1111		by Nelson Fung.
1112	Portability:
1113		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
1114	New Files:
1115		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
1116		devtools/OS/DragonFly
1117		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
1118	Deleted Files:
1119		libsm/vsscanf.c
1120
11218.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
1122	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
1123		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
1124		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
1125		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1126	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
1127		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1128	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
1129		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
1130		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
1131		by David Russell.
1132	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
1133		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
1134		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
1135		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
1136	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
1137		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
1138		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
1139	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
1140		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
1141	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
1142		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
1143		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
1144		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
1145		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
1146		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
1147		Bielefeld.
1148	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
1149		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
1150	Portability:
1151		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
1152			noted by Geoff Adams.
1153		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
1154		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
1155			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
1156		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
1157			incompatibilities with various *roff related
1158			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
1159	New Files:
1160		doc/op/README
1161
11628.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
1163	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
1164		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
1165		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
1166		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1167		University.
1168	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
1169		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
1170		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1171	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
1172		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
1173	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
1174		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
1175		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
1176		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
1177		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
1178		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
1179	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
1180		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
1181		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
1182		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
1183		of cf/README for more information.
1184	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
1185		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
1186		the LDAP library.
1187	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
1188		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
1189		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
1190		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
1191		library supports it.
1192	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
1193		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
1194	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
1195		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
1196		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
1197	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
1198		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
1199		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
1200		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
1201		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
1202		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
1203		determines the length of the interval for which the
1204		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
1205		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
1206	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
1207		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
1208		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
1209		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
1210		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
1211		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
1212		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
1213		during that connection.
1214	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
1215		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
1216		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
1217	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1218		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1219		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1220	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1221		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1222	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1223		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
1224		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1225		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1226	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1227		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1228		sendmail.
1229	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1230		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1231		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1232		Mines de Paris.
1233	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
1234		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1235		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1236		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1237		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1238		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1239		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1240		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1241	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1242		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
1243		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1244	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
1245		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1246		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
1247		by Sander Eerkes.
1248	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
1249		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1250		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
1251		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1252	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1253		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
1254		operates on lost queue items.
1255	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1256		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1257		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1258		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1259		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1260		quarantine reason.
1261	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1262		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1263	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1264		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1265		"QUARANTINE:".
1266	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1267		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1268		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
1269		be used for the quarantine reason.
1270	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1271	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1272		message if it is quarantined.
1273	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1274		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1275		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1276		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1277		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1278	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1279		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
1280		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1281	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1282		recipients received so far in a transaction.
1283	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1284		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
1285		noted by Kai Schlichting.
1286	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1287		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1288		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1289	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
1290		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1291	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1292	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1293		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1294	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1295		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1296		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1297	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1298	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1299		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1300		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
1301		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1302	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1303		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
1304		of the University of Manitoba.
1305	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1306		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1307		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1308		is active.
1309	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
1310		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1311		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1312	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1313		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1314	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1315		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1316	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1317		overwrite each other's pid files.
1318	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1319		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
1320		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1321	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1322		LogLevel 12 or higher.
1323	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1324		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1325		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1326		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1327		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1328	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1329		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1330		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
1331		of Sun Microsystems.
1332	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1333		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1334	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1335		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1336	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1337		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1338	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
1339		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1340	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1341		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1342		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1343		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1344	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1345		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
1346		further information.
1347	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1348		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1349	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1350		queue return and warning times for delivery status
1351		notifications.
1352	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1353		at all.
1354	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1355		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1356		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1357	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1358		for DaemonPortOptions.
1359	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1360		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
1361		of Northern Illinois University.
1362	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1363		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
1364		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1365		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1366		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1367	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1368		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1369	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
1370		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1371	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1372		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
1373		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1374	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1375		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1376	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1377		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1378		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1379	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1380		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1381	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1382		HOSTALIASES.
1383	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
1384		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1385	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1386		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1387		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
1388		Oleg Bulyzhin.
1389	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1390		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
1391		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1392		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1393		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1394	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1395		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1396	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1397		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1398	Portability:
1399		Two new compile options have been added:
1400			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
1401			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
1402			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1403		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1404			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1405			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
1406			programs to match locking techniques.
1407		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1408			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1409		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1410			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1411			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1412			Center for Scientific Computing.
1413		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1414		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1415		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1416			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1417			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1418			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
1419			from Mark Funkenhauser.
1420	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1421		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1422		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1423		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1424	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1425		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1426		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1427		of Northern Illinois University.
1428	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1429		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1430		the message using the given reason.
1431	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1432		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1433		DNS records than just A.
1434	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1435		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1436		connections is maintained.
1437	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1438		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1439	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1440		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1441	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1442		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
1443		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1444		use the access database to look the pause time based on
1445		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1446	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1447		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
1448		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1449		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1450		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
1451		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1452	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1453		interval when refusing connections for this long.
1454	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1455		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
1456		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1457	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1458		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
1459		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1460	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1461		to follow the naming conventions.
1462	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1463		the A= argument.
1464	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1465		local_lmtp.
1466	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1467		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1468	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1469		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1470		its rules.
1471	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1472		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1473		status notifications.
1474	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1475	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1476		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1477		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1478	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1479		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1480		doc/op/op.me.
1481	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1482		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1483		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1484	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1485		certificate revocations lists.
1486	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1487		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1488		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1489		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1490	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1491		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1492		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1493		for more information.
1494	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1495		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1496		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1497		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1498		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1499	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1500	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1501		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1502		of LifeLine Networks.
1503	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1504		Derek J. Balling.
1505	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1506		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1507	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1508		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1509	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1510		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1511		Filters which use this function must include the
1512		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1513	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1514		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1515	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1516		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1517	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1518		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1519		resetting the timeout.
1520	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1521		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1522		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1523	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1524		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1525	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1526		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1527		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1528	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1529		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1530	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1531		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1532	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1533		from Bryan Costales.
1534	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1535		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1536	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1537		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1538	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1539		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1540		Informations Services.
1541	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1542	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1543		instead of '#'.
1544	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1545		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1546		headers.
1547	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1548		for the auto-response message.
1549	New Files:
1550		CACerts
1551		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1552		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1553		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1554		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1555		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1556		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1557		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1558		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1559		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1560		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1561		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1562		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1563		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1564		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1565		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1566		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1567		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1568		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1569		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1570		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1571		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1572		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1573		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1574		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1575	Deleted Files:
1576		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1577		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1578		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1579		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1580		libsm/vsprintf.c
1581	Renamed Files:
1582		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1583
15848.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1585	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1586		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1587		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1588	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1589		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1590		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1591		Techfirm, Inc.
1592	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1593		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1594		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1595	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1596		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1597		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1598		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1599	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1600		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1601		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1602		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1603	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1604		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1605		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1606	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1607		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1608	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1609		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1610		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1611		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1612		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1613		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1614	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1615		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1616		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1617	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1618		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1619		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1620	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1621		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1622		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1623		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1624		external application that accesses qf files.
1625	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1626		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1627	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1628		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1629		Breyha.
1630	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1631		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1632		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1633		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1634		environment.
1635	Portability:
1636		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1637		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1638			Sun Microsystems.
1639	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1640		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1641	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1642		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1643	New Files:
1644		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1645
16468.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1647	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1648		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1649		of Courtesan Consulting.
1650	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1651		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1652		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1653		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1654		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1655	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1656		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1657	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1658	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1659		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1660	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1661		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1662	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1663		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1664		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1665	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1666		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1667	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1668	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1669		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1670		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1671	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1672		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1673		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1674	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1675		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1676	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1677		to make sure they match.
1678	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1679		in the kernel.
1680	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1681		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1682		Bart Duchesne.
1683	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1684		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1685		Craig Hunt.
1686	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1687		from Jerome Borsboom.
1688	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1689		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1690		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1691	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1692		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1693		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1694		after the close() and before the truncate().
1695	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1696		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1697		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1698	Portability:
1699		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1700			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1701			with AIX 5.2.
1702		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1703			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1704		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1705			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1706			of Harker Systems.
1707		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1708			your Linux distribution, compile with
1709			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1710	Added Files:
1711		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1712
17138.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1714	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1715		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1716		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1717		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1718		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1719		includes DNS.
1720	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1721		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1722		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1723		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1724	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1725		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1726		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1727		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1728		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1729		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1730		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1731	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1732		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1733	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1734		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1735		College London.
1736	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1737		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1738		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1739	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1740		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1741	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1742	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1743		text file instead of the database map.
1744	Portability:
1745		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1746			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1747			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1748			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1749
17508.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1751	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1752		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1753		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1754		of ISS X-Force.
1755	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1756		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1757		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1758		Stanford University Compilation Group.
1759	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1760		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1761	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1762		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1763		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1764	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1765		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1766	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1767		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1768		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1769
17708.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
1771	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1772		across various connections.  This could cause session
1773		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1774		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1775		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1776	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
1777		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
1778		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1779	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1780		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
1781		Erik Parker.
1782	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1783		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1784		is used.
1785	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
1786		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1787	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1788		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1789		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
1790		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1791		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1792	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
1793		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1794	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1795		of 11 or higher.
1796	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1797		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1798	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1799		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1800		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1801		to be run even if Runners=0.
1802	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1803		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1804		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1805	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1806		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1807	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
1808		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1809	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1810		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1811	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
1812		by John Majikes of IBM.
1813	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1814		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1815	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1816		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
1817		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1818	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1819		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1820		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1821	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
1822		noted by Matthias Andree.
1823	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1824		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1825	Portability:
1826		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1827		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1828			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1829			an argument, hence the builtin version of
1830			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
1831			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
1832			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1833		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1834			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1835		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1836			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1837		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1838			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1839		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1840		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1841			Corporation.
1842		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1843	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1844		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1845	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1846		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1847		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1848	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1849		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1850		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1851		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1852		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1853		in the file itself.
1854	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1855		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1856		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1857		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1858	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1859	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1860		relay.
1861	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1862		in access_db.
1863	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1864	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1865		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1866		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1867	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1868		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1869		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1870	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1871		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1872		Sun Microsystems.
1873	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1874		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1875	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1876		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1877		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1878	New Files:
1879		devtools/OS/Interix
1880		include/sm/bdb.h
1881
18828.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
1883	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1884		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1885		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1886		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1887		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1888	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1889		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1890		Courtesan Consulting.
1891	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1892		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1893		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1894	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1895		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1896		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1897	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1898		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1899		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1900		Earickson of Colby College.
1901	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1902		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1903		Courtesan Consulting.
1904	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1905		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1906	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1907		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1908		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1909	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1910		execve().
1911	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1912		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1913		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1914	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1915		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1916		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1917		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1918		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1919	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1920		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1921		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1922	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1923	Portability:
1924		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1925			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1926			fix from Scott Walters.
1927		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1928		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1929			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1930		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1931			NETISO support has been dropped.
1932	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1933		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1934		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1935		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1936		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1937		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1938		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1939		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1940		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1941		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1942		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1943		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1944		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1945		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1946	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1947		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1948		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1949		University.
1950	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1951		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1952	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1953		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1954	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1955		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1956	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1957		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1958		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1959	New Files:
1960		contrib/etrn.0
1961
19628.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1963	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1964		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1965		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1966		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1967		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1968		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1969	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1970		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1971		with rogue DNS servers.
1972	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1973		by Bryan Costales.
1974	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1975		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1976		Costales.
1977	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1978		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1979		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1980		Polytechnic Institute.
1981	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1982		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1983	Portability:
1984		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1985			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1986			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1987			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1988		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1989			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1990			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1991			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1992			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1993			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1994			related programs to match locking techniques.
1995
19968.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1997	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1998		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1999		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
2000		section of the top level README for more information.
2001		Problem noted by lumpy.
2002	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
2003		instead of 0644.
2004	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
2005		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
2006		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2007	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2008		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2009		Purdue University.
2010	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
2011		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2012		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2013	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
2014		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
2015		of Active State.
2016	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
2017		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
2018		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2019	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
2020		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
2021		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
2022		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
2023	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
2024		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
2025	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
2026		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
2027	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2028		or the queue.
2029	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
2030		user who started sendmail.
2031	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
2032		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
2033		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
2034	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
2035		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
2036		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
2037		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
2038		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
2039	Portability:
2040		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
2041			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
2042			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
2043		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
2044			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
2045			Charles University in Prague.
2046		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
2047			memory.
2048	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
2049		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2050	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
2051		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
2052		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2053	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
2054		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
2055	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
2056		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
2057		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
2058		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
2059		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
2060	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
2061		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
2062		noted by Bryan Costales.
2063	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
2064		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2065	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
2066		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
2067	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
2068		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2069	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
2070		match dnsbl change.
2071	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
2072		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
2073		installing the sendmail statistics file.
2074	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
2075		a user's filter starts other applications.
2076	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
2077		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
2078	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
2079		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
2080		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2081	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
2082		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
2083	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
2084		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
2085		noted by Bryan Costales.
2086	New Files:
2087		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
2088
20898.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
2090	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
2091		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
2092		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
2093		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
2094		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
2095		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
2096		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
2097		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
2098		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
2099		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
2100		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
2101		University.
2102	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
2103		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
2104		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
2105		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
2106		of INTERMETA.
2107	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
2108		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
2109	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
2110		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
2111	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
2112		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
2113		ActiveState.
2114	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
2115		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
2116	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
2117		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2118		Northern Illinois University.
2119	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
2120		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
2121		of Dinoex.
2122	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
2123		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2124		Polytechnic Institute.
2125	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
2126		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
2127		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
2128	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
2129		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
2130		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
2131	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
2132		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2133	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
2134		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2135	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
2136		missing arguments.
2137	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
2138		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
2139		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
2140	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
2141		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2142	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
2143		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
2144		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
2145	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
2146		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
2147		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
2148	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
2149		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
2150		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
2151		of Concordia University.
2152	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
2153		found by Mario Nigrovic.
2154	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
2155		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
2156		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
2157		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
2158	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
2159		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
2160		Elvers.
2161	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
2162		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
2163		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
2164		total number of TCP connections.
2165	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
2166		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
2167		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
2168	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
2169		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
2170	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2171		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2172		Texas.
2173	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
2174		to 451.
2175	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
2176		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
2177		patch by Bryan Costales.
2178	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
2179		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
2180	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
2181		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
2182		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
2183		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
2184		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
2185		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
2186		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
2187		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2188	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
2189		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
2190		command).
2191	Portability:
2192		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
2193			available.
2194		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
2195			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
2196			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
2197			Skyrr.
2198		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
2199			noted by John Beck.
2200		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
2201		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
2202			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
2203	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
2204		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
2205		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
2206	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2207		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2208		error.
2209	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
2210		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
2211		Krzysztof Oledzki.
2212	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
2213		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
2214	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
2215		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2216	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
2217		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2218		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2219		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2220		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
2221		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2222	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2223		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
2224		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2225		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2226		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2227		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2228		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2229		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2230	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2231		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
2232		noted by John Beck.
2233	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2234		if queue groups are used.
2235	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2236	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2237	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2238		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2239	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2240	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2241		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
2242		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2243		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2244		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2245		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2246	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2247		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
2248		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2249	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2250		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2251		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2252	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
2253		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2254		ldap_memfree().
2255	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2256		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2257	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
2258		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2259	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
2260		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2261		San Francisco.
2262	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2263	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
2264		Joe Barbish.
2265	New Files:
2266		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2267
22688.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
2269	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2270		at startup, only log an error message.
2271	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2272		following -b) has been specified.
2273	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2274		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
2275		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2276	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2277		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2278		Regensburg.
2279	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2280		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2281		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2282		Institute of Mining and Technology.
2283	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2284		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2285		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2286	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2287		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2288		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2289	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2290		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2291		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2292	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2293		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
2294		SMTP connections.
2295	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
2296		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2297		and Technology.
2298	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2299		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2300		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2301		Meteorological Institute.
2302	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2303		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2304		Online.
2305	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2306		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2307		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2308		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2309		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2310		types, respectively.
2311	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2312		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2313		of Virginia Tech.
2314	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2315		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2316		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2317	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2318		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2319	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2320		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2321	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2322		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2323		of Vienna.
2324	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
2325		of Sun Microsystems.
2326	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2327		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2328		with servers that do not support realms when using
2329		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2330	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2331		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
2332		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2333	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2334		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2335		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2336	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2337	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2338		instead of forcing localhost.
2339	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2340		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2341	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
2342		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2343	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2344		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2345		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2346		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2347		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2348	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2349		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2350	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
2351		Compaq Computer Corp.
2352	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2353		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2354		Tech.
2355	Portability:
2356		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
2357			patch provided by HP.
2358		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2359			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
2360		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
2361			Sachin of Siemens.
2362		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2363		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
2364			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2365			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
2366			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2367		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
2368			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2369		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
2370			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2371		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2372			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
2373			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
2374			Hewlett-Packard.
2375		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2376			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2377			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2378		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
2379			Virginia Tech.
2380		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
2381			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2382		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2383			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2384	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2385		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
2386		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2387	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2388		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2389	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2390		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2391		Florida.
2392	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
2393		Altin Waldmann.
2394	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2395		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
2396		Hewlett-Packard.
2397	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2398		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2399		of MSFU.
2400	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2401		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2402		Institute.
2403	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2404	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2405		to free memory twice.
2406	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2407		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2408		of Sun Microsystems.
2409	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2410		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2411		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2412		University of Athens.
2413	New Files:
2414		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2415		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2416		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2417		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
2418		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
2419		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
2420		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2421		libsm/mpeix.c
2422
24238.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
2424	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2425		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2426		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
2427		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
2428		found by Michal Zalewski.
2429	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2430		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2431		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2432		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2433	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2434		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2435	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2436		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2437		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2438	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2439		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2440		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2441	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2442		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2443		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
2444		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
2445		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2446	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2447		canonical name for a host.
2448	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2449		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
2450		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
2451		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2452	Portability:
2453		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2454			`uname` does not given complete information.
2455			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2456			Aircraft Company.
2457		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2458			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2459		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2460			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2461			Courtesan Consulting.
2462	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2463		problems with potential misconfigurations.
2464	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
2465		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2466		Technology Organisation of Australia.
2467	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2468		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2469		then use it.
2470	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
2471		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2472	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
2473		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2474	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2475		and vacation.
2476	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2477		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2478		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2479	New Files:
2480		test/Build
2481		test/Makefile
2482		test/Makefile.m4
2483		test/README
2484		test/t_dropgid.c
2485		test/t_setgid.c
2486	Deleted Files:
2487		include/sm/stdio.h
2488		include/sm/sysstat.h
2489
24908.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2491	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2492		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2493		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2494		default).  The installation process tries to install
2495		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2496		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2497	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2498		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2499		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2500		flags:
2501			GroupWritableForwardFile
2502			WorldWritableForwardFile
2503			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2504			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2505		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2506	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2507		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2508		(IdS).
2509	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2510		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2511		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2512		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2513		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2514		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2515	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2516		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2517		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2518		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2519		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2520	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2521		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2522	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2523		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2524		sendmail/SECURITY.
2525	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2526		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2527		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2528	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2529		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2530		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2531		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2532		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2533	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2534		command has been removed.
2535	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2536		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2537	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2538		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2539		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2540		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2541	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2542		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2543		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2544		supported.
2545	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2546		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2547		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2548		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2549		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2550		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2551		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2552		creation rather than just before delivery.
2553	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2554		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2555		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2556		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2557		preference matches (coattail).
2558	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2559		try other MX hosts if available.
2560	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2561		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2562	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2563		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2564		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2565	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2566	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2567		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2568		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2569		removed in future versions.
2570	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2571		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2572	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2573		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2574		doc/op/op.me for details.
2575	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2576		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2577		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2578		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2579	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2580	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2581		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2582	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2583		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2584		enough on a per recipient basis.
2585	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2586		for STARTTLS.
2587	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2588		value "NOT".
2589	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2590		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2591	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2592		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2593	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2594		really required.  This change results in a noticable
2595		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2596		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2597	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2598		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2599	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2600		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2601		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2602		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2603		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2604		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2605		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2606		by a queue run.
2607	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2608		system each queue directory resides in.
2609	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2610	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2611	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2612		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2613		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2614		same time.
2615	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2616		active queue runner processes.
2617	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2618		runners per queue group.
2619	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2620		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2621		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2622		of the queue that match during processing.
2623	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2624		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2625		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2626		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2627		persistent queue runner.
2628	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2629		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2630		sendmail -q15m).
2631	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2632		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2633	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2634		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2635	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2636		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2637	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2638		of the qf file (older entries first).
2639	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2640		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2641		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2642		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2643	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2644		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2645	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2646		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2647		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2648		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2649		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2650	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2651		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2652		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2653	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2654		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2655		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2656		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2657		details.
2658	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2659		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2660	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2661		and the usual documentation for details.
2662	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2663	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2664		announced in 8.10.
2665	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2666	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2667		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2668		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2669	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2670		-r (number of retries).
2671	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2672		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2673		and value separated by the given separator.
2674	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2675		to map class arith.
2676	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2677		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2678	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2679		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2680	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2681		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2682		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2683	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2684		filenames with spaces).
2685	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2686	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2687		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2688		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2689		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2690		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2691		to the loopback net.
2692	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2693	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2694		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2695	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2696		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2697	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2698		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2699	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2700		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2701		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2702		Development Group.
2703	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2704		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2705		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2706		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2707		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2708		load average is exceeded.
2709	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2710		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2711		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2712		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2713		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2714	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2715	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2716	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2717		instead.
2718	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2719		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2720	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2721		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2722		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2723	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2724		for direct (command line) submissions.
2725	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2726		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2727		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2728	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2729		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2730		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2731	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2732		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2733		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2734		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2735	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2736		before logging.
2737	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2738		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2739	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2740	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2741		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2742		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2743	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2744		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2745		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2746	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2747		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2748		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2749		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2750		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2751		See libsm/index.html for details.
2752	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2753		care of by fork() and exit().
2754	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2755		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2756		new and old (from new libsm).
2757	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2758		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2759	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2760	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2761		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2762		synchronizations calls.
2763	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2764	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2765	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2766		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2767	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2768		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2769		for details.
2770	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2771		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
2772		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2773		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2774	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2775		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2776		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2777	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2778		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
2779		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2780		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2781		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2782		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2783		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2784	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2785		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2786	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2787		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2788	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
2789		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2790		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2791		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2792		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2793		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2794		Urbana-Champaign.
2795	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
2796		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2797	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2798		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2799		connections.
2800	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2801		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2802		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2803		cf/README.
2804	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
2805		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2806		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2807		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
2808		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
2809		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
2810		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2811		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2812		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2813		example).
2814	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2815		the default schema used in the above two items.
2816	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2817		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2818		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2819	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2820		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2821		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2822	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2823		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2824		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2825		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2826		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2827	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2828		HELO/EHLO commands.
2829	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2830		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2831		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2832		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
2833		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2834		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
2835		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2836	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2837		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2838		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2839		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2840		(verbose) command line option.
2841	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2842		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2843		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2844		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2845	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2846		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2847		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2848	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2849		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2850		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2851	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2852		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2853		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2854		British Columbia.
2855	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2856		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2857	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2858		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2859		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2860		if required.
2861	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2862		class instead.
2863	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2864		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2865		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2866		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2867	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2868		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2869	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2870		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2871		Nelson of IBM.
2872	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2873		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2874		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2875		their defaults are:
2876		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2877		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2878		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2879		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2880		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2881		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
2882		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2883	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2884		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2885	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2886		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2887		Meteorological Institute.
2888	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2889		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2890		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2891	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2892		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2893		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2894	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2895		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2896		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2897		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2898		See sendmail/README for further information.
2899	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2900		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2901		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2902	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2903		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2904		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2905	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2906		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2907	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2908		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2909		flora.ca.
2910	Portability:
2911		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2912			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2913			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2914		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2915			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2916			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2917			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2918			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2919			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2920		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2921			Solaris 8 and later.
2922		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2923	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2924	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2925	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2926	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2927	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2928		temporary lookup failures.
2929	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2930		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2931		or IP nets.
2932	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2933		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2934		to get through.
2935	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2936		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2937		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2938		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2939		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2940	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2941		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2942		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2943		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2944	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2945		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2946		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2947	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2948		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2949		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2950	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2951		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2952	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2953		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2954		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2955	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2956		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2957		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2958		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2959		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2960	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2961		cf/README for details.
2962	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2963		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2964		University of Maryland.
2965	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2966		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2967	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2968		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2969		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2970	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2971		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2972		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2973		Solving.
2974	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2975		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2976	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2977		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2978	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2979		immediately.
2980	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2981		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2982		See cf/README for details.
2983	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2984		temporary lookup failures.
2985	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2986		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2987	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2988		memory use.
2989	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2990		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2991		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2992		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2993		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2994	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2995		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2996	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2997		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2998	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2999		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
3000	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
3001		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
3002		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
3003		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
3004	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
3005	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
3006		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
3007		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
3008		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
3009		additional details.
3010	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
3011		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
3012		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
3013		information.
3014	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
3015		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
3016		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
3017	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
3018		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
3019		recipients as user unknown.
3020	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
3021		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
3022		section of cf/README for more information.
3023	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
3024		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
3025		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
3026	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
3027		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3028		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3029	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
3030		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
3031		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
3032		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
3033		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
3034		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
3035		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
3036		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
3037		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
3038		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
3039		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
3040	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
3041		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
3042		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
3043		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
3044		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
3045	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
3046		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
3047		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
3048		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
3049		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
3050		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
3051		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
3052		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
3053		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
3054		doc/op/op.me for details.
3055	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
3056		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
3057		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3058	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
3059		dequote map.
3060	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
3061	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
3062		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
3063	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
3064		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
3065		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
3066		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
3067		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
3068		This affects the access database as well as the
3069		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
3070	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
3071	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
3072	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
3073		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
3074		Mississippi State University.
3075	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
3076		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
3077	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
3078		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
3079		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3080	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
3081		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
3082		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
3083	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
3084		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
3085		systems which don't include cat directories.
3086	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
3087	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3088		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
3089		mailbox database type.
3090	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
3091		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
3092		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
3093		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
3094	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
3095		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
3096	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
3097		instead of white space.
3098	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3099		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3100		Meteorological Institute.
3101	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
3102	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
3103		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
3104	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
3105		instead of syslog.
3106	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
3107		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
3108		to specify the database and message file since there is no
3109		home directory for the default settings for these options.
3110	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3111		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
3112		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
3113		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
3114	New Directories:
3115		libmilter/docs
3116	New Files:
3117		cf/cf/README
3118		cf/cf/submit.cf
3119		cf/cf/submit.mc
3120		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
3121		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
3122		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
3123		cf/feature/msp.m4
3124		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
3125		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
3126		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
3127		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
3128		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
3129		cf/sendmail.schema
3130		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
3131		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
3132		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
3133		editmap/*
3134		include/sm/*
3135		libsm/*
3136		libsmutil/cf.c
3137		libsmutil/err.c
3138		sendmail/SECURITY
3139		sendmail/TUNING
3140		sendmail/bf.c
3141		sendmail/bf.h
3142		sendmail/sasl.c
3143		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
3144		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
3145		sendmail/tls.c
3146	Deleted Files:
3147		cf/feature/rbl.m4
3148		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
3149		devtools/OS/AIX.2
3150		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3151		include/sendmail/errstring.h
3152		include/sendmail/useful.h
3153		libsmutil/errstring.c
3154		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3155		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3156		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3157		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3158		sendmail/clock.c
3159	Renamed Files:
3160		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
3161		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
3162		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
3163
31648.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
3165	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
3166		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
3167		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
3168		of ISS X-Force.
3169	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
3170		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
3171		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
3172		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
3173		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
3174		includes DNS.
3175	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
3176		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
3177		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
3178		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
3179	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
3180		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
3181		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
3182		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
3183		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
3184		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
3185		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
3186	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
3187		across various connections.  This could cause session
3188		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
3189		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
3190		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
3191	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
3192		canonical name for a host.
3193	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
3194	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
3195		or the queue.
3196	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
3197		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
3198		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3199		Polytechnic Institute.
3200	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
3201		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
3202		Purdue University.
3203	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
3204		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
3205		Texas.
3206	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
3207		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
3208		error.
3209	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
3210		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
3211	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
3212		and vacation.
3213	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
3214		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
3215	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
3216		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
3217		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3218	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3219		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3220		Sun Microsystems.
3221	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3222		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
3223		iDEFENSE, Inc.
3224
32258.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
3226	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3227		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
3228		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3229	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
3230		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3231		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3232		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
3233		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3234	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3235		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
3236		Werner Wiethege.
3237	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
3238		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3239
32408.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
3241	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3242		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
3243		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3244		of SE Netway Communications.
3245	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3246		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3247	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3248		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3249		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
3250		Bosserman of EarthLink.
3251	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3252		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3253	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3254		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3255		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3256		University College.
3257	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
3258		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3259	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3260		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3261		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3262		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3263		University at Albany.
3264	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3265		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3266	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3267		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3268		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3269		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3270	Portability:
3271		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
3272			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3273		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3274			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3275		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3276			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3277		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
3278			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3279	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3280		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3281
32828.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
3283	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3284		corruption and other potential race conditions.
3285		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3286		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
3287		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
3288		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3289	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3290		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3291		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3292	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3293		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3294		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3295	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
3296		from Kenji Miyake.
3297	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3298		QueueDirectory wildcards.
3299	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3300		the same map again while exiting.
3301	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3302		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3303		of Tuebingen.
3304	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3305		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3306		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3307		Oklahoma State University.
3308	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3309		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3310		InTouch Systems, Inc.
3311	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3312		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3313		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3314		Morgan Stanley.
3315	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3316		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
3317		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3318	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
3319		from Werner Wiethege.
3320	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3321		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
3322	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3323		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3324		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3325		Internet Services.
3326	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
3327		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3328	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
3329		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3330	Portability:
3331		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3332	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3333		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3334	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3335	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3336		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3337		Meteorological Institute.
3338	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3339		since it generates random process ids.
3340	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3341		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3342		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3343	New Files:
3344		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3345
33468.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
3347	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3348		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3349		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3350		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3351	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3352		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3353		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3354		communications consulting gmbh.
3355	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3356		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3357	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3358		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3359		connection came in from the command line.
3360	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3361		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
3362		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3363	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3364		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3365	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3366		when they were committed.
3367	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3368		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3369	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3370		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3371		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
3372		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3373	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3374		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3375		University.
3376	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3377		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3378		accept() completes.
3379	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3380		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3381	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3382		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3383		Wellcome.
3384	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3385		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3386		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3387		University.
3388	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3389		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3390		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3391		University of New Brunswick.
3392	Portability:
3393		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3394			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3395			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3396		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3397			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3398		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
3399			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
3400			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3401		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3402			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
3403			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3404	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3405		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3406	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3407		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3408	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3409		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3410		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
3411		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3412		Institute.
3413	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3414		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
3415		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3416	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3417		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3418	Renamed Files:
3419		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3420
34218.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
3422	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3423		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
3424		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
3425		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3426		Schools" project (IdS).
3427	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3428		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3429		be enabled by compiling with:
3430		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3431		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
3432		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3433	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3434		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3435	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3436		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3437		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3438		Colby College.
3439	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3440		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3441	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3442		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3443		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3444		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3445	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3446		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3447		NxNetworks, Inc.
3448	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3449		client name.
3450	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3451		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3452		the Universitat Regensburg.
3453	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3454		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3455		University of Arizona.
3456	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3457		of Collective Technologies.
3458	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3459		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3460		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3461		Engineering.
3462	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3463		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3464		Meteorological Institute.
3465	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3466		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3467	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3468		Meteorological Institute.
3469	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
3470		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3471		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
3472		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3473	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3474		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3475		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3476	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3477		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3478		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3479	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3480		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3481		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3482		counting.
3483	Portability:
3484		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3485			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3486			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3487		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3488			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3489		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3490			Rosenman.
3491		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3492			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3493		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3494			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3495			of Pacific Access.
3496		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3497			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3498		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3499			Microsystems.
3500	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3501		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3502		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3503	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3504		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3505	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3506		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3507	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3508		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3509	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3510		Virginia Tech.
3511	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3512		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3513		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3514	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3515	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3516		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3517		gmbh.
3518	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3519		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3520	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3521		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3522		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3523		of Kyoto University.
3524	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3525		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3526		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3527		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3528		version.
3529	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3530		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3531		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3532	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3533	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3534		or *-owner.
3535	New Files:
3536		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3537		contrib/buildvirtuser
3538		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3539
35408.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3541	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3542		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3543	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3544		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3545		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3546		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3547		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3548	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3549		wildcards.
3550	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3551		process may close the connection before the child process
3552		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3553		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3554		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3555	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3556		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3557	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3558		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3559		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3560		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3561	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3562		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3563		of EarthLink.
3564	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3565	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3566		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3567		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3568	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3569		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3570	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3571		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3572		Fournier of Acadia University.
3573	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3574		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3575		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3576		one of the others may be able to take over.
3577	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3578		previous load average query result.
3579	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3580		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3581		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3582		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3583	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3584		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3585	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3586		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3587		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3588	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3589		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3590	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3591		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3592		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3593	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3594		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3595	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3596		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3597		University of British Columbia.
3598	Portability:
3599		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3600			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3601			override the setting.  Suggested by
3602			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3603		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3604			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3605			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3606		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3607			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3608			College.
3609		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3610			Tom Moore of NCR.
3611		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3612			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3613		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3614			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3615			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3616		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3617			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3618			Consulting.
3619	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3620		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3621	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3622		errors in the MAIL address.
3623	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3624		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3625	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3626		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3627	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3628		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3629		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3630		Ericsson.
3631	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3632		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3633		mailer as described in cf/README.
3634	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3635		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3636	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3637		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3638	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3639		sendmail.
3640	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3641		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3642		Meteorological Institute.
3643	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3644	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3645		dot as the only character on the line.
3646	New Files:
3647		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3648
36498.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3650	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3651		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3652		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3653		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3654		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3655		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3656		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3657	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3658		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3659		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3660		Systems in this category should compile with
3661		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3662		system and report broken implementations to
3663		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3664		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3665	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3666		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3667		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3668	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3669		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3670		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3671		cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3672	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3673		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3674		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3675		in cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3676	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3677		random data.
3678	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3679		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3680		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3681	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3682		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3683		Martin of CMU.
3684	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3685		strength factor.
3686	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3687		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3688		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3689		of CMU.
3690	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3691		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3692		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3693	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3694		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3695		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3696		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3697		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3698		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3699		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3700		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3701	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3702		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3703		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3704		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3705		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3706		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3707	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3708		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3709		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3710		of Sun Microsystems.
3711	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3712		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3713		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3714		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3715		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3716		delivery attempts.
3717	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3718		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3719		smoe.org.
3720	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3721		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3722		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3723	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3724		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3725	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3726		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3727		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3728		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3729	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3730		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3731		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3732	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3733		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3734		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3735		of Northern Illinois University.
3736	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3737		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3738	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3739		to kilobyte units.
3740	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3741		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3742		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3743		Polytechnic.
3744	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3745		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3746		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3747		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3748	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3749		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3750		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3751	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3752		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3753	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3754		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3755		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3756	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3757		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3758		G. Thomas Consulting.
3759	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3760		port number (113).
3761	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3762		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3763	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3764		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
3765		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3766	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3767		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3768		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3769		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3770	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3771		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3772		University of Mainz.
3773	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3774		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3775	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
3776		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3777	Portability:
3778		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3779			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
3780			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3781		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3782		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3783			work properly causing problems if the accept()
3784			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
3785			from Tom Moore of NCR.
3786		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
3787			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3788		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3789			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
3790			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3791			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3792			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3793	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3794		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3795	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3796		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
3797		confCACERT			CACERTFile
3798		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
3799		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
3800		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
3801		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
3802		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
3803		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
3804	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3805		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
3806		cf/README for more information.
3807	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3808	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3809		called due to a STARTTLS command.
3810	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3811		instead of temporary.
3812	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3813		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3814		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3815		Consulting.
3816	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3817		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
3818		RootsWeb.com.
3819	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3820		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3821		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3822		University of Maryland.
3823	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
3824		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3825	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3826		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3827		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3828		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3829		of the University of Alberta.
3830	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3831		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3832	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3833	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3834		of X.509 certificates.
3835	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
3836		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3837		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3838		Universitat Regensburg.
3839	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3840		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3841	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3842		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3843	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3844		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3845	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3846		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3847		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3848	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3849		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3850	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3851		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3852		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3853		University.
3854	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3855	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3856		links.
3857	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3858		reported.
3859	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3860		Denman Tire Corporation.
3861	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3862		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3863	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3864	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3865		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3866	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3867		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3868	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3869		have a From line.
3870	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3871		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3872	Added Files:
3873		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3874		contrib/cidrexpand
3875		contrib/link_hash.sh
3876		contrib/movemail.conf
3877		contrib/movemail.pl
3878		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3879		test/t_snprintf.c
3880
38818.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
3882	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3883		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3884		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3885		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3886		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3887	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3888		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3889	Added Files:
3890		test/t_setuid.c
3891
38928.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3893	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3894		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3895		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3896		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3897		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3898		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3899	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3900		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3901	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3902	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3903		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3904		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3905	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3906		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3907		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3908	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3909		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3910	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3911	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3912		or higher.
3913	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3914		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3915	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3916	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3917		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3918		Polytechnic Institute.
3919	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3920		discards the message.
3921	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3922		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3923		attempted to the alias.
3924	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3925		flag options.
3926	Portability:
3927		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3928			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3929			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3930			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3931			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3932		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3933			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3934		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3935			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3936		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3937		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3938			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3939		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3940			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3941			Services, LLC.
3942		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3943			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3944			Courtesan Consulting.
3945		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3946			Siemens Business Services.
3947	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3948		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3949		of WSRCC.
3950	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3951	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3952		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3953	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3954		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3955	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3956	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3957		of NEC.
3958	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3959		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3960	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3961		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3962		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3963		Virginia Tech.
3964	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3965		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3966		University.
3967	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3968		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3969		release.
3970	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3971		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3972		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3973		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3974	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3975		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3976		Sendmail.
3977	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3978		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3979		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3980	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3981		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3982	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3983		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3984		Northern Illinois University.
3985	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3986		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3987		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3988		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3989	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3990		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3991	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3992		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3993		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3994	Added Files:
3995		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3996		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3997	Deleted Files:
3998		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3999	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
4000		doc/intro
4001		doc/usenix
4002		doc/changes
4003
40048.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
4005	    *************************************************************
4006	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
4007	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
4008	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
4009	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
4010	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
4011	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
4012	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
4013	    * coach, and a friend.					*
4014	    *								*
4015	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
4016	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
4017	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
4018	    *************************************************************
4019	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
4020		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
4021		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
4022		symbolic link target.
4023	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
4024		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
4025		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4026	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
4027		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
4028		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
4029		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
4030		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4031		version of sendmail.
4032	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
4033		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
4034		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
4035		(IdS).
4036	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
4037		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
4038	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
4039		for easier code sharing among the programs.
4040	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
4041		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
4042		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
4043		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
4044		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
4045		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
4046	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
4047		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
4048		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
4049		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4050	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4051		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
4052		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4053	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4054		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
4055		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4056	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
4057		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
4058		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
4059		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
4060		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
4061		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
4062	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
4063		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
4064		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
4065	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
4066		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
4067		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
4068		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
4069		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
4070		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
4071	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
4072		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4073		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
4074		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
4075	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
4076		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
4077		accordingly.
4078	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
4079		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
4080		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
4081		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
4082		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
4083		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
4084		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
4085	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
4086		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
4087		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
4088		InCert Software.
4089	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
4090		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
4091		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
4092	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
4093		a control socket request.
4094	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
4095		settings:
4096		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4097			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4098			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4099			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
4100		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4101			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4102			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4103		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4104			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4105			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
4106			delivery attempt.
4107		Timeout.resolver.retry
4108			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4109			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4110			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
4111		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4112			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4113			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4114		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4115			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4116			query for all resolver lookups except the first
4117			delivery attempt.
4118		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4119	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
4120		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
4121		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
4122		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
4123		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
4124		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
4125		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
4126		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
4127		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
4128		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4129	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
4130		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
4131		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
4132		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
4133		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
4134		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
4135		Telecommunications Ltd.
4136	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
4137		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
4138		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
4139		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
4140		Inc.
4141	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
4142		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
4143		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4144	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
4145		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4146	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
4147		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
4148		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4149	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
4150		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
4151	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
4152	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
4153		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
4154		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
4155	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
4156		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
4157		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4158	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
4159		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
4160		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
4161		Ltd.
4162	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
4163		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
4164		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
4165		example mailer might be:
4166			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
4167				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
4168				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
4169		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
4170	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
4171		instead.
4172	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
4173		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
4174		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
4175		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
4176	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
4177		flags.
4178	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
4179		body of the original message on delivery status
4180		notifications.
4181	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
4182		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4183	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
4184		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
4185		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4186	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
4187		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
4188		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4189	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
4190		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
4191		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
4192		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4193	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
4194		Conwell of Boston University.
4195	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
4196		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4197	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
4198		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
4199		@Home Network.
4200	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
4201		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
4202		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
4203	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
4204		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
4205		similar to check_rcpt etc.
4206	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
4207		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
4208		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
4209		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
4210		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4211	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
4212		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
4213		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4214	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
4215		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
4216		Mathias Herberts.
4217	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4218		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4219		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4220		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4221		in check_compat).
4222	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4223		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4224		option.
4225	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4226	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4227		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4228	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4229		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4230	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4231	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4232		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4233	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4234		is set.
4235	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4236		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4237	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4238		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
4239		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4240	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4241	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4242	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4243		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
4244		a denial-of-service attack.
4245	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4246		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
4247		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4248		overflow attacks.
4249	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4250		alias recursion.
4251	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4252	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4253	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4254		directly before the newline.
4255	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4256		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4257		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
4258		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4259		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4260		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
4261		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4262		could not be opened.
4263	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
4264		value of this option is macro expanded.
4265	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4266		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4267	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4268		(along with the already existing macros):
4269		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
4270		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4271		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4272		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4273		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4274		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
4275		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4276	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4277		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4278		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
4279		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4280		loopback net.
4281	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4282		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4283		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4284	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4285		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4286		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
4287		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4288		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4289	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
4290		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4291		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
4292		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4293		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4294	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4295		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4296		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
4297		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4298	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4299		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4300		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
4301		Ericsson.
4302	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4303		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
4304		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
4305		of Ericsson.
4306	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4307		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
4308		of Renaissance Internet Services.
4309	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4310		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4311		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4312	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4313		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4314		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
4315		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4316	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4317		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
4318	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4319		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4320	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4321		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4322		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4323	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4324	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4325		equate name.
4326	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4327		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4328	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4329		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4330	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4331		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
4332		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
4333		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4334		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4335		David Cooley of Colby College.
4336	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4337		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
4338		already decided the message will be passed to another host
4339		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4340		Buckeridge Young Limited.
4341	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4342		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4343		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
4344		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
4345		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4346		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
4347		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4348		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
4349		of Stanford University.
4350	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
4351		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4352	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4353		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4354		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
4355		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
4356		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4357		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4358		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4359	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
4360		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4361		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
4362		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4363	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4364	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4365		attributes found in the match will be returned.
4366	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4367		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
4368		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4369		comma separated key and value strings.
4370	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4371		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4372		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4373		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4374		a single connection to that host.
4375	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4376	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4377		LDAP lookups.
4378	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4379		resources.
4380	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4381	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4382	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
4383		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4384		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4385		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
4386		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4387		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4388		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4389		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4390		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4391		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4392		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4393		with the name "*".
4394	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4395		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4396		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4397		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4398		matches to return.
4399	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4400		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
4401		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
4402		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4403		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4404		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4405		are defined.
4406	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4407		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4408		Tech.
4409	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
4410		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4411		important if you have large classes.
4412	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4413		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
4414		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4415	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4416		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4417		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4418		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4419		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
4420		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4421	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4422		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
4423		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4424		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4425		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
4426		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4427		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
4428		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4429	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4430		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4431		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4432		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
4433		has no effect.
4434	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4435		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4436	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
4437		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4438	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4439		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4440	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4441		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4442	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4443		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4444		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
4445		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4446		connection-based denial of service attacks.
4447	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4448		10 or higher.
4449	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4450		information (from= syslog line).
4451	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4452		equate (dsn=).
4453	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4454	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4455		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
4456		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4457	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4458		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4459		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4460	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
4461		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4462	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4463		the program as the default user and the default group, not
4464		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
4465		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4466		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
4467		Popovici of DNT Romania.
4468	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4469		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
4470		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4471	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4472		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4473		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4474	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4475		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4476		helpful to know the sender of the message.
4477	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4478		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4479	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4480		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4481		multiple files.
4482	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4483		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4484		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4485		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4486		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4487		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4488		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4489		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4490		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4491	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4492		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4493	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4494		length before the attempt.
4495	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4496		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4497		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4498		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4499		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4500	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4501		host status files, not all files.
4502	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4503		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4504		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4505		Wonderworks Inc.
4506	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4507		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4508		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4509		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4510		of Hannover.
4511	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4512		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4513		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4514		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4515		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4516		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4517	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4518		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4519		flag:
4520			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4521		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4522		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4523		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4524	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4525		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4526		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4527		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4528		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4529		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4530		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4531	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4532		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4533		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4534		version.
4535	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4536	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4537	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4538		if referencing a named ruleset.
4539	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4540		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4541	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4542		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4543		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4544		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4545		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4546		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4547		the University of Maryland.
4548	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4549		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4550	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4551		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4552	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4553		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4554		COMMANDS).
4555	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4556		but for outgoing connections.
4557	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4558		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4559			a	require authentication
4560			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4561				been received
4562			c	perform hostname canonification
4563			f	require fully qualified hostname
4564			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4565				command
4566			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4567			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4568	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4569			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4570	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4571	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4572		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4573		Institutes of Health.
4574	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4575		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4576	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4577	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4578		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4579	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4580	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4581		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4582	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4583		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4584	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4585		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4586		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4587	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4588		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4589		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4590	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4591	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4592		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4593		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4594	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4595		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4596		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4597		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4598		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4599	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4600		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4601		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4602		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4603		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4604		timeout.
4605	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4606		interface address structure when loading the system network
4607		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4608		Nanoteq.
4609	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4610		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4611		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4612		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4613		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4614	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4615		on load average.
4616	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4617		Northern Illinois University.
4618	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4619		envelope splitting has occurred.
4620	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4621		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4622	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4623	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4624		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4625		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4626		Institute.
4627	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4628		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4629		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4630	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4631		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4632		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4633		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4634	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4635		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4636	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4637		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4638	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4639		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4640	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4641		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4642	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4643		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4644		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4645		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4646	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4647		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4648	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4649		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4650	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4651		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4652		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4653		University.
4654	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4655		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4656		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4657	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4658		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4659		ruleset lines as well.
4660	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4661		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4662		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4663		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4664		Institute.
4665	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4666		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4667		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4668	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4669		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4670		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4671		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4672	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4673		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4674		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4675		of Ericsson.
4676	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4677		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4678		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4679		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4680	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4681		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4682		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4683		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4684		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4685	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4686		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4687		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4688		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4689	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4690		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4691		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4692		University.
4693	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4694		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4695		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4696		'sendmail -bs'.
4697	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4698		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4699		them in the .cf file.
4700	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4701		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4702		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4703		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4704	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4705		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4706	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4707		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4708		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4709	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4710		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4711		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4712		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4713		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4714	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4715		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4716	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4717		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4718		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4719	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4720		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4721	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4722		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4723		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4724	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4725		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4726		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4727	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4728		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4729		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4730		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4731	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4732		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4733		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4734		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4735		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4736		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4737	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4738		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4739		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4740		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4741		don't fail on ANY queries.
4742	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4743		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4744		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4745		Northern Illinois University.
4746	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4747		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4748		State University.
4749	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4750		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4751		Northern Illinois University.
4752	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4753		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4754	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4755	Portability:
4756		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4757			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4758			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4759			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
4760			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4761		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4762			This allows network interface probing to work
4763			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
4764			University of Iowa.
4765		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4766		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4767			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4768			name.
4769		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4770		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4771			Virginia Tech.
4772		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4773		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4774			Amsterdam.
4775		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4776		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4777			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4778		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4779			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4780			in building the operating system.  Users can
4781			override the defaults by setting confCC and
4782			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4783		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4784		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4785		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4786			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4787		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4788			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4789		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4790			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4791		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4792			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4793		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
4794			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4795		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4796			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4797			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4798		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4799		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4800			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
4801			use that value in conf.h.
4802		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
4803			BITart Consulting.
4804		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4805			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4806			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4807			Computer, Inc.
4808		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
4809			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4810			of E I A.
4811		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4812			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4813		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4814			fchown(2).
4815		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4816			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
4817		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4818			srandomdev(3).
4819		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4820			setlogin(2).
4821		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4822			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
4823			Siemens Business Services.
4824		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4825			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4826			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4827		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
4828			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4829		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4830			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4831			Aerospace.
4832		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4833			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4834			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4835		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4836			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4837			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4838			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4839			University.
4840		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4841			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4842			Technology Information Network.
4843		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4844			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4845		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4846		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4847			and OpenBSD.
4848		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4849			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4850			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4851			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4852	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4853		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4854		details.
4855	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4856		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4857	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4858	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4859		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4860		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4861	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4862		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4863		Courtesan Consulting.
4864	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4865	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4866		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4867		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4868	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4869		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4870		multiple times.
4871	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4872		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4873		with From:).
4874	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4875		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4876	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4877		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4878		new functionality.
4879	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4880		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4881		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
4882		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
4883		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4884		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4885		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4886		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4887		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4888		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4889		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4890		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4891		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4892		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4893		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4894		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4895		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4896		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4897		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4898		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4899		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4900		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4901		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4902		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4903	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4904		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4905		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4906	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4907		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4908		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4909		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4910		to "IPC $h".
4911	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4912		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4913		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4914	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4915		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4916		value should be changed with care.
4917	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4918		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4919	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4920		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4921		complain.
4922	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4923		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4924		of Q7 Enterprises.
4925	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4926		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4927		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4928		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4929	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4930		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4931		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4932		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4933		of Northern Illinois University.
4934	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4935		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4936		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4937	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4938		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4939		in it.
4940	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4941		in class 'P' ($=P).
4942	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4943		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4944		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4945		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4946		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4947		is added.
4948	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4949		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4950	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4951		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4952	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4953		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4954	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4955		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4956	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4957		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4958	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4959		Hubert of University of Washington.
4960	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4961		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4962		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4963	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4964	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4965		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4966		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4967	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4968		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4969		Services.
4970	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4971		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4972		Aerospace.
4973	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4974		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4975		University and Brian Candler.
4976	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4977		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4978	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4979		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4980		Institute.
4981	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4982		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4983	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4984		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4985		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4986	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4987		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4988	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4989		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4990		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4991	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4992		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4993		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4994	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4995		converted to <user@d>
4996	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4997		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4998	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4999		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
5000		performed.
5001	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
5002		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
5003		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5004		Institute.
5005	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
5006		be accessed by their numbers).
5007	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
5008		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
5009		of an address.
5010	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
5011		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
5012		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
5013		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
5014	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
5015		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
5016		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
5017	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
5018		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
5019	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
5020	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
5021		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5022		Institute.
5023	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
5024	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
5025		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
5026		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
5027		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
5028	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
5029		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
5030		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
5031	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
5032		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
5033	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
5034		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5035	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
5036		University of California at Berkeley.
5037	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
5038		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
5039	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
5040		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
5041	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5042		Corporation UK.
5043	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
5044	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
5045		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
5046		Yale University.
5047	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
5048		be used for building.
5049	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
5050		used for a fresh build.
5051	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
5052	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
5053		ranlib.
5054	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
5055		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
5056	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
5057		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
5058		Costales.
5059	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
5060		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
5061		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
5062		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
5063	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
5064		of Siemens Business Services.
5065	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
5066		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
5067		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
5068		torek.
5069	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
5070		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
5071		They should contain the C source files for the object files
5072		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
5073		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
5074	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
5075		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
5076		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
5077		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
5078		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
5079	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
5080		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
5081		are in devtools/README.
5082	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
5083		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
5084	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
5085		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
5086		new variable which identifies the root of the source
5087		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
5088	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
5089		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
5090		macro.
5091	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
5092	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
5093		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
5094		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
5095		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
5096		Corporation.
5097	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
5098		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
5099		confMANROOTMAN.
5100	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
5101		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
5102		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
5103	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
5104		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
5105		Communications.
5106	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
5107		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
5108	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
5109		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
5110		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
5111	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
5112		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
5113		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
5114	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
5115		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
5116		install-strip target.
5117	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
5118		the others (if it exists).
5119	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
5120		then the default ones.
5121	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
5122		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
5123		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
5124		to set the S flag.
5125	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
5126		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
5127		Northern Illinois University.
5128	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
5129		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
5130		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5131	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
5132		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
5133		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5134		University.
5135	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
5136		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
5137		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5138		University.
5139	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
5140		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
5141		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
5142		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
5143		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
5144		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
5145		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5146		University.
5147	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
5148		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
5149		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5150	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
5151		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
5152		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
5153		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
5154		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
5155		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
5156		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
5157		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
5158		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
5159		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
5160		Alcatel Australia Limited.
5161	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
5162		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
5163		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5164	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
5165		timeout to avoid starvation.
5166	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
5167		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
5168		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5169	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5170	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
5171		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
5172		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
5173		of Maryland.
5174	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
5175		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
5176		sendmail configuration file.
5177	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
5178		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
5179		option.
5180	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
5181		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5182	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
5183		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
5184	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
5185		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
5186	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
5187		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
5188	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5189		Corporation UK.
5190	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
5191		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
5192		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
5193		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
5194	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
5195		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
5196		Institute for Global Communications.
5197	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
5198		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
5199		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5200	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
5201		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
5202		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5203	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
5204		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
5205		of the Institute for Global Communications.
5206	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
5207		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
5208	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
5209	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
5210		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
5211	Changed Files:
5212		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
5213			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
5214			which execute the actual Build script in
5215			devtools/bin.
5216		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
5217			-mandoc as they were previously.
5218		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5219			of Build will work (unless parameters are
5220			required for Build).
5221	New Directories:
5222		devtools/M4/UNIX
5223		include
5224		libmilter
5225		libsmdb
5226		libsmutil
5227		vacation
5228	Renamed Directories:
5229		BuildTools => devtools
5230		src => sendmail
5231	Deleted Files:
5232		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
5233		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5234		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5235		devtools/OS/SINIX
5236		sendmail/ldap_map.h
5237	New Files:
5238		INSTALL
5239		PGPKEYS
5240		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5241		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5242		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5243		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
5244		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5245		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5246		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5247		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5248		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
5249		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
5250		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
5251		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5252		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5253		contrib/domainmap.m4
5254		contrib/qtool.8
5255		contrib/qtool.pl
5256		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5257		devtools/M4/list.m4
5258		devtools/M4/string.m4
5259		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5260		devtools/M4/switch.m4
5261		devtools/OS/Darwin
5262		devtools/OS/GNU
5263		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5264		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5265		devtools/OS/m88k
5266		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5267		mail.local/Makefile
5268		mailstats/Makefile
5269		makemap/Makefile
5270		praliases/Makefile
5271		rmail/Makefile
5272		sendmail/Makefile
5273		sendmail/bf.h
5274		sendmail/bf_portable.c
5275		sendmail/bf_portable.h
5276		sendmail/bf_torek.c
5277		sendmail/bf_torek.h
5278		sendmail/shmticklib.c
5279		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5280		sendmail/timers.c
5281		sendmail/timers.h
5282		smrsh/Makefile
5283		vacation/Makefile
5284	Renamed Files:
5285		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5286		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5287		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5288		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5289		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5290		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5291		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5292		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5293		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5294	Copied Files:
5295		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5296
52978.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
5298	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5299		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5300		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5301		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5302		Schools" project (IdS).
5303	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5304		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
5305		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
5306		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5307	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5308		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
5309		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
5310		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5311	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5312		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5313		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5314		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5315	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5316		ExecPC Internet Systems.
5317	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5318		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5319		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5320		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
5321		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5322		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5323	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5324		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
5325		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5326		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5327	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5328		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5329		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5330		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5331	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5332		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5333	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5334		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
5335		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5336		group of the IETF.
5337	Portability:
5338		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5339			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
5340			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5341			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
5342			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
5343			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5344			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5345			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5346			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5347			Technical University of Denmark.
5348		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5349			Supercomputer Center.
5350		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5351			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5352			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5353			of Stanford University.
5354		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5355			between different releases.  Back out the
5356			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5357			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5358			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5359			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5360		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5361			of Siemens/SNI.
5362		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5363	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5364		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5365		University of Brno.
5366	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5367		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
5368		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5369	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5370		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
5371		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5372	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
5373		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5374	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5375		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5376		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5377	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5378		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5379		MIDS Europe.
5380	New Files:
5381		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5382		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5383		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5384
53858.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
5386	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5387		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
5388		for a denial of service attack.
5389	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5390		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5391	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5392		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5393		Corporation UK.
5394	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5395		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5396	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5397		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5398	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5399		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
5400		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5401		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5402		Internet Services.
5403	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5404		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5405		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5406		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5407	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5408		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5409		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5410	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
5411		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5412	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5413		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5414		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5415	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5416		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5417		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5418	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5419		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5420		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5421		Internet Services.
5422	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5423		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
5424		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5425	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5426		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5427		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
5428		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5429		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
5430		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5431		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5432		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5433		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5434		extended testing.
5435	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5436		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5437	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5438		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5439		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5440		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5441	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5442		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5443		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5444		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5445		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5446	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
5447		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5448		Network.
5449	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
5450		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5451	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5452		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5453		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
5454		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
5455		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5456	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5457		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
5458		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5459	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
5460		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5461	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5462		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
5463		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5464		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
5465		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5466	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5467		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5468		Meteorological Institute.
5469	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5470	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
5471		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5472	Portability:
5473		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5474		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5475			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
5476			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5477		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5478			reading network interface addresses into
5479			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
5480			Cal State University, Chico.
5481		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5482			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5483			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5484			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5485		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5486			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5487		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5488		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5489			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5490		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5491		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5492			of Sun Microsystems.
5493		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5494			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5495		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5496			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5497		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5498			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5499		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5500			of E I A.
5501		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5502			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5503			Information Center.
5504		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5505			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5506			Institute.
5507		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5508			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5509	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5510		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5511		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5512	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5513		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5514		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5515		Manawatu Internet Services.
5516	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5517		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5518		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5519		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5520		of Northern Illinois University.
5521	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5522		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5523		Kiel.
5524	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5525		Dot Com.
5526	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5527		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5528		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5529	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5530		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5531		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5532		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5533		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5534		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5535	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5536		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5537	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5538		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5539	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5540		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5541	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5542		the envelope From header.
5543	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5544		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5545	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5546		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5547	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5548		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5549		Portal Services, Inc.
5550	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5551		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5552		Sun Microsystems.
5553	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5554	New Files:
5555		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5556		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5557		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5558		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5559		src/control.c
5560
55618.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5562	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5563		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5564		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5565		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5566	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5567		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5568		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5569		Meteorological Institute.
5570	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5571		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5572		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5573	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5574		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5575		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5576		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5577	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5578		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5579	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5580		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5581	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5582		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5583		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5584	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5585		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5586		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5587		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5588	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5589		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5590		Flextech TV.
5591	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5592		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5593		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5594	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5595		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5596		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5597		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5598	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5599		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5600	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5601		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5602	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5603		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5604		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5605	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5606		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5607		University.
5608	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5609		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5610		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5611		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5612		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5613		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5614	Portability:
5615		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5616			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5617			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5618			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5619		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5620			of BSDI.
5621		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5622			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5623			PICT Inc.
5624		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5625			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5626		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5627			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5628	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5629		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5630		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5631		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5632	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5633		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5634		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5635	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5636		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5637		would not accept @@hostname.
5638	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5639		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5640	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5641		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5642		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5643	New Files:
5644		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5645
56468.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5647	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5648		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5649		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5650		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5651		which need the ability to override security can use the
5652		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5653		information.
5654	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5655		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5656		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5657		world writable directories.
5658	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5659		it is in a world writable directory.
5660	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5661		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5662		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5663		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5664		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5665	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5666		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5667		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5668	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5669		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5670		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5671		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5672		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5673		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5674		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5675		default.
5676	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5677		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5678		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5679		the University of Maryland.
5680	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5681		of Cal State University, Chico.
5682	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5683		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5684		current version of Berkeley DB.
5685	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5686		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5687	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5688		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5689		of Maryland.
5690	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5691		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5692		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5693		Microsystems.
5694	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5695		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5696		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5697		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5698	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5699		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5700	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5701		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5702		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5703		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5704	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5705		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5706		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5707		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5708		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5709	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5710		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5711		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5712		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5713	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5714		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5715		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5716	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5717		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5718		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5719	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5720		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5721		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5722		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5723		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5724		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5725		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5726		relaying entirely.
5727	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5728		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5729		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5730		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5731	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5732		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5733		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5734		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5735	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5736		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5737		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5738		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5739		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5740	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5741		sender for those failures.
5742	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5743		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5744		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5745		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5746		of Ericsson.
5747	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5748		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5749		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5750		of Procter & Gamble.
5751	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5752		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5753		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5754		of Procter & Gamble.
5755	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5756		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5757		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5758		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
5759		DontBlameSendmail options are:
5760			Safe
5761			AssumeSafeChown
5762			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5763			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5764			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5765			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5766			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5767			GroupWritableAliasFile
5768			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5769			WorldWritableAliasFile
5770			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5771			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5772			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5773			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5774			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5775			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5776			MapInUnsafeDirPath
5777			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5778			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5779			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5780			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5781			LinkedMapInWritableDir
5782			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5783			FileDeliveryToHardLink
5784			FileDeliveryToSymLink
5785			WriteMapToHardLink
5786			WriteMapToSymLink
5787			WriteStatsToHardLink
5788			WriteStatsToSymLink
5789			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5790			RunWritableProgram
5791	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5792		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
5793		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5794		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5795		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5796	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5797		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5798	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5799		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5800	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5801	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5802		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5803		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5804		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5805		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5806	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5807		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5808		contrast to the success case).
5809	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
5810		of the form:
5811			HHeader: $>Ruleset
5812		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5813		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5814		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5815	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5816		from hiding their connection information in Received:
5817		headers.
5818	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5819		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
5820		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5821		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5822	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5823		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
5824		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5825		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
5826		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5827		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5828	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5829		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5830		remote identity can be queried.
5831	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5832		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5833		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
5834		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5835	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5836		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5837		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5838		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5839	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5840		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5841		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5842		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5843	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5844		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5845		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5846		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5847		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5848		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5849	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5850		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5851		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5852		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5853		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5854		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5855		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5856	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5857		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5858		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5859	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5860	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5861		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5862	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5863		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5864	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5865		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5866		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5867		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5868	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5869		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5870		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5871		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5872	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5873		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5874		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5875	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5876		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5877		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5878		Institute.
5879	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5880		mail.local.
5881	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5882		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
5883		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5884	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5885		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5886		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5887	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5888		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5889		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5890	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5891		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5892	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5893		mailstats command.
5894	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5895		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5896		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5897	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5898		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5899		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5900		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5901	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5902		Ericsson.
5903	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5904		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5905		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5906		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5907	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5908		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5909		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5910		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5911		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5912	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5913		currently supported version.
5914	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5915		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5916	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5917		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5918		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5919		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5920	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5921		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5922		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5923		message in error bounces.
5924	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5925		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5926		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5927	Portability:
5928		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5929			of Kyoto University.
5930		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5931			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5932			Maryland.
5933		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5934		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5935			in Finland.
5936		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5937			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5938			the University of Maryland.
5939		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5940			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5941		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5942			Meteorological Institute.
5943		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5944			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5945		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5946		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5947		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5948		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5949			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5950			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5951			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5952			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5953		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5954			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5955		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5956			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5957			Microsystems.
5958	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5959	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5960		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5961		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5962	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5963		directory for certain programs.
5964	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5965		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5966		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5967		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5968		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5969	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5970		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5971		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5972		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5973	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5974		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5975		the user to setup different .forward files for
5976		user+detail addressing.
5977	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5978		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5979		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5980	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5981		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5982		outside your domain).
5983	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5984		any site to any site.
5985	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5986		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5987	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5988		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5989	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5990		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5991		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5992		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5993		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5994	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5995		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5996	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5997		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5998	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5999		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
6000		host names only.
6001	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
6002		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
6003		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
6004		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
6005		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
6006		needed for most installations.
6007	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
6008		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
6009		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
6010		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6011		the University of Maryland.
6012	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
6013		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
6014		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
6015	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
6016		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
6017		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
6018	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
6019		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
6020	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
6021		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
6022	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
6023		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
6024		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
6025		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
6026		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
6027	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
6028		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
6029		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
6030		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
6031		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
6032		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
6033		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
6034	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
6035		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
6036	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
6037		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
6038		above for more information.
6039	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
6040		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6041		Meteorological Institute.
6042	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
6043		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
6044		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
6045		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
6046		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6047	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
6048		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
6049	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
6050		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
6051		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
6052		MustQuoteChars respectively.
6053	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
6054		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
6055		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
6056		CMU (now of Netscape).
6057	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
6058		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
6059		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
6060		read mail.local/README.
6061	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
6062		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
6063		University of Maryland.
6064	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
6065		University, Chico.
6066	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6067		Meteorological Institute.
6068	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
6069		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
6070		University of Maryland.
6071	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
6072		such as linked files in world writable directories.
6073	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
6074	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
6075	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
6076		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
6077		Braunschweig.
6078	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
6079		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
6080		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6081	Changed Files:
6082		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
6083			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
6084		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
6085	New Files:
6086		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
6087		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
6088		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
6089		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
6090		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
6091		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
6092		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
6093		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
6094		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
6095		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
6096		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
6097		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
6098		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
6099		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
6100		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
6101		BuildTools/OS/QNX
6102		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
6103		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
6104		BuildTools/README
6105		BuildTools/Site/README
6106		BuildTools/bin/Build
6107		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
6108		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
6109		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
6110		Makefile
6111		cf/cf/Build
6112		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
6113		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
6114		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
6115		cf/feature/access_db.m4
6116		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
6117		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
6118		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
6119		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
6120		cf/feature/rbl.m4
6121		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
6122		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
6123		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
6124		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
6125		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
6126		contrib/doublebounce.pl
6127		mail.local/Build
6128		mail.local/Makefile.m4
6129		mail.local/README
6130		mailstats/Build
6131		mailstats/Makefile.m4
6132		makemap/Build
6133		makemap/Makefile.m4
6134		praliases/Build
6135		praliases/Makefile.m4
6136		rmail/Build
6137		rmail/Makefile.m4
6138		rmail/rmail.0
6139		smrsh/Build
6140		smrsh/Makefile.m4
6141		src/Build
6142		src/Makefile.m4
6143		src/snprintf.c
6144	Deleted Files:
6145		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
6146		mail.local/Makefile
6147		mail.local/Makefile.dist
6148		mailstats/Makefile
6149		mailstats/Makefile.dist
6150		makemap/Makefile
6151		makemap/Makefile.dist
6152		praliases/Makefile
6153		praliases/Makefile.dist
6154		rmail/Makefile
6155		smrsh/Makefile
6156		smrsh/Makefile.dist
6157		src/Makefile
6158		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
6159		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
6160			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
6161		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
6162	Renamed Files:
6163		READ_ME => README
6164		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
6165		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
6166		src/READ_ME => src/README
6167
61688.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
6169	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
6170		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6171		Meteorological Institute.
6172	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
6173		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
6174		Arseneault of SRI International.
6175	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
6176		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
6177		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6178	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
6179		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
6180	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
6181		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
6182		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
6183		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6184	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
6185		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
6186		River Systems.
6187	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
6188		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
6189		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
6190		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
6191		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6192	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
6193		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
6194		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
6195		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
6196		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6197	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
6198		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
6199		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
6200		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6201	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6202	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
6203		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6204	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
6205		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
6206		results during a single message processing (but would
6207		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
6208		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
6209	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
6210		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6211		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6212	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
6213		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
6214		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6215		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6216	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
6217		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
6218		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6219		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6220	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6221		and the inability to save a bounce message to
6222		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6223		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6224		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6225		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6226		Associates.
6227	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
6228		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6229		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6230		could cause confusing error messages.
6231	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6232		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
6233		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6234		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6235		SuperNet, Inc.
6236	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
6237		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6238	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6239		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6240		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6241	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6242		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6243		dropped.
6244	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6245		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
6246		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6247	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6248		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6249		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6250	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6251		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6252		Institute.
6253	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6254		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6255		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6256		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6257	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6258		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6259		RUS University of Stuttgart.
6260	Minor lint fixes.
6261	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6262		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
6263		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
6264		of Stanford University.
6265	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6266		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
6267		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6268	Portability:
6269		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6270			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6271			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6272			Electronic Data Systems.
6273		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
6274			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6275		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6276		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6277			loader environment variables into the loader memory
6278			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
6279			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6280			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6281			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
6282			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6283		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6284			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6285			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
6286			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6287		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
6288			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6289		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
6290			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6291		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6292			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6293			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6294			Services.
6295		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6296			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6297		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6298			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
6299			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6300		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6301			Services VAS.
6302	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6303	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6304	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6305			Ericsson.
6306
63078.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
6308	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6309		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6310		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6311		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6312		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6313		GmbH.
6314	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6315		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
6316		of Technology, Stockholm.
6317	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6318		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6319		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6320		that these routines are included as though they were in the
6321		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6322	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6323		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6324		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6325		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6326	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6327		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
6328		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6329		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6330	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
6331		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6332		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
6333		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6334	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6335	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6336		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
6337		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6338	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6339		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6340		have to assume that the information is good.
6341	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6342		open or locked.
6343	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6344	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6345		errors during testing.
6346	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6347		printed in the error message.
6348	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6349		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6350	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6351		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6352		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6353	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6354		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6355		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6356	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6357		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
6358		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6359		runner runs during a critical section in another message
6360		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6361		Results Computing.
6362	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6363		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6364		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6365		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
6366		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6367	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6368		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6369		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6370		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6371		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6372		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6373		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6374		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6375		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
6376		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6377		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6378		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6379		simultaneously.
6380	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6381		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6382	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6383		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
6384		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6385	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6386		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6387		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
6388		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6389	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6390		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
6391		CSU Chico.
6392	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6393		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
6394		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6395		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6396	Portability:
6397		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6398			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
6399			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6400			be used instead.
6401		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
6402			of Argonne National Laboratory.
6403		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6404		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6405		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
6406			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6407		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6408			in Makefiles.
6409		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6410			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6411		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6412			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6413			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6414			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6415			NCR Corp.
6416		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
6417			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6418		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
6419			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6420			Resource Network
6421		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6422			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6423			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
6424			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
6425			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6426			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6427		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6428			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6429			Corp.
6430		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6431			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
6432			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6433		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6434			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6435		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6436			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6437			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6438			PlainTalk.
6439	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6440		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
6441		by Harry Styron.
6442	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
6443		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6444	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6445	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6446		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6447		changed after open".
6448	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
6449		files.
6450	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6451	NEW FILES:
6452		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6453		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6454		test/t_exclopen.c
6455		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6456	DELETED FILES:
6457		Makefile
6458
64598.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
6460	    *************************************************************
6461	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
6462	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
6463	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
6464	    * continued sendmail development.				*
6465	    *************************************************************
6466	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6467		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6468		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
6469		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6470		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6471		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
6472		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6473		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
6474		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6475		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
6476		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6477		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6478		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
6479		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6480		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6481		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6482	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6483		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6484		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6485		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6486		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6487		another database; this can be used either to expose
6488		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6489		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6490		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6491		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6492		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6493		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6494		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6495		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6496		system directories.
6497	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6498		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6499		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6500		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6501		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6502		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6503		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6504	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6505		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6506		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6507		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6508		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6509		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6510		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6511		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6512		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6513		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6514		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6515		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6516		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6517		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6518		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6519		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6520	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6521		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6522		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6523		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6524		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6525		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6526	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6527		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6528		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6529	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6530		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6531		same host).
6532	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6533		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6534		from Theo de Raadt.
6535	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6536		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6537		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6538	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6539		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6540		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6541	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6542		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6543		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6544	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6545		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6546		Microsystems.
6547	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6548		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6549		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6550	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6551		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6552	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6553		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6554		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6555	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6556		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6557		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6558	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6559		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6560		Shapiro.
6561	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6562		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6563		Sun Microsystems.
6564	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6565		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6566		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6567		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6568		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6569		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6570	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6571		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6572		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6573		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6574		Mercury Mail.
6575	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6576		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6577		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6578		Morgan Stanley.
6579	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6580		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6581		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6582		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6583	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6584		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6585		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6586		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6587		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6588		not be run.
6589	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6590		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6591		printing.
6592	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6593		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6594		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6595	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6596		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6597	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6598	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6599		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6600		erroneous results during a single message processing
6601		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6602	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6603		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6604		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6605		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6606		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6607		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6608		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6609	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6610		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6611		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6612		address as "may be forged".
6613	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6614		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6615		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6616	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6617		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6618		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6619		of TwinCom.
6620	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6621		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6622		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6623		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6624	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6625		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6626		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6627	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6628		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6629		Institute.
6630	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6631		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6632		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6633		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6634		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6635		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6636		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6637		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6638	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6639		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6640		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6641		book (2nd edition).
6642	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6643		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6644		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6645		John Beck of SunSoft.
6646	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6647		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6648		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6649	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6650		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6651	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6652		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6653	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6654		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6655	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6656		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6657		returns.
6658	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6659		on some architectures.
6660	Portability:
6661		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6662		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6663			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6664			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6665			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6666			of Washington.
6667		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6668			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6669			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6670		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6671		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6672		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6673		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6674			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6675			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6676			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6677		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6678		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6679			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6680			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6681			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6682			Cambridge.
6683		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6684			Kari Hurtta.
6685		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6686			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6687			IRIX Makefile).
6688		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6689			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6690	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6691		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6692		Brian Candler.
6693	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6694		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6695		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6696	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6697		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6698		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6699	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6700		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6701		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6702	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6703		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6704		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6705	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6706		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6707		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6708	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6709		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6710		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6711		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6712		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6713	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6714		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6715		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6716		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6717	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6718		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6719		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6720	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6721	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6722		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6723		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6724		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6725		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6726	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6727		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6728		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6729		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6730		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6731		developers).
6732	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6733		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6734		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6735	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6736		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6737		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6738		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6739	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6740		NEXTSTEP.
6741	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6742		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6743		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6744		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6745		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6746	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6747		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6748		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6749		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6750		for system accounts.
6751	NEW FILES:
6752		src/safefile.c
6753		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6754		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6755		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6756		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6757		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6758	RENAMED FILES:
6759		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6760		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6761
67628.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
6763	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
6764		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6765		even if RunAsUser is specified.
6766	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
6767		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6768		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6769	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6770		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6771		University of Pennsylvania.
6772	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6773		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
6774		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6775		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6776		was unnecessarily awful.
6777	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6778		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6779		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6780	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6781		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6782		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6783		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6784		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6785		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6786	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6787		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6788	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6789		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
6790		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6791	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6792		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6793		Semiconductor Corp.
6794	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6795		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
6796		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6797		at Austin.
6798	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6799		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6800		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
6801		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
6802		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6803	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6804		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6805		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6806		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6807		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6808	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6809		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
6810		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6811		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
6812		Costales.
6813	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6814		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6815		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6816		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
6817		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6818	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6819		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6820		The current values and defaults are:
6821		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6822		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
6823		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
6824		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
6825		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6826	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6827		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6828		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6829	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
6830		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6831	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6832		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6833		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6834		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6835		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
6836		Eric Hagberg.
6837	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6838		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6839		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6840		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6841	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6842		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6843		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6844		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6845	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6846		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6847		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6848		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6849		Communications.
6850	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6851		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6852		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6853		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6854	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6855		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6856	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6857		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6858	PORTABILITY:
6859		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6860			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6861		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6862			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6863		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6864		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6865			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6866			(Moscow).
6867		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6868		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6869		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6870		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6871		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6872			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6873	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6874		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6875		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6876		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6877		Received: line.
6878	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6879		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6880		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6881		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6882		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
6883		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6884	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6885		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6886		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6887		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6888		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6889		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6890		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6891		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6892		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6893		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6894	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6895		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6896		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6897		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6898		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6899	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6900		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6901		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6902	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6903		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6904		Long Beach.
6905
69068.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6907	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6908		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6909		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6910		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6911		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6912		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6913		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6914	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6915		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6916		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6917		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6918		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6919		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6920		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6921		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6922		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6923	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6924		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6925		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6926	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6927		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6928		Problem noted by several people.
6929	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6930		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6931		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6932		by several people.
6933	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6934		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6935	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6936		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6937		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6938		of Best Internet Communications.
6939	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6940		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6941	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6942		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6943		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6944		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6945		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6946	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6947		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6948	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6949		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6950	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6951		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6952	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6953		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6954		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6955		by Roy Mongiovi.
6956	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6957		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6958	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6959		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6960		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6961		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6962		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6963	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6964		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6965		of Kyoto University.
6966	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6967		conditions from Don Lewis.
6968	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6969		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6970		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6971		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6972		patch from Bryan Costales.
6973	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6974		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6975			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6976			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6977			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6978			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6979		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6980			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6981		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6982			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6983		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6984			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6985			of Tokyo.
6986		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6987			Services, Inc.
6988		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6989			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6990			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6991			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6992		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6993			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6994	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6995		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6996	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6997		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6998	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6999		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
7000		of NTT Software Corporation.
7001	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
7002	NEW FILES:
7003		contrib/etrn.pl
7004
70058.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
7006	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
7007		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
7008		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
7009		best-of-security list.
7010	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
7011		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
7012		should make it clearer to people that they are running
7013		the wrong binary.
7014	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
7015		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
7016		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
7017		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
7018		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
7019	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
7020		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
7021		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
7022		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7023	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
7024		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
7025	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
7026		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
7027		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
7028		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
7029		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
7030		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
7031		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
7032		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
7033		Eric Wassenaar.
7034	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
7035		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
7036		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
7037		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
7038		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
7039		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
7040		UUNET.
7041	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
7042		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
7043		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
7044		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
7045		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
7046	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
7047		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
7048		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
7049		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
7050	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
7051		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7052	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
7053		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
7054		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
7055		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
7056	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
7057		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
7058		University of Linkoping.
7059	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
7060		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
7061		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7062	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
7063		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
7064		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
7065		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
7066		other end.
7067	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
7068		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
7069		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
7070	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
7071		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
7072		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
7073		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7074	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7075		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
7076			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
7077			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
7078			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
7079		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
7080			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
7081		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
7082			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
7083		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
7084			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
7085			The outline of the implementation was contributed
7086			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
7087		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
7088			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
7089			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
7090			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
7091			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
7092			Earickson of Colby College.
7093		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
7094			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
7095			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
7096			Kari Hurtta.
7097	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
7098		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
7099		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
7100	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
7101		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
7102		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
7103		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7104	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
7105		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
7106		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
7107		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
7108		University of Washington, Seattle.
7109	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
7110		Polytechnic Institute.
7111	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
7112		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
7113	NEW FILES:
7114		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
7115		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
7116		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
7117
71188.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
7119	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
7120		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
7121	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7122		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
7123			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
7124			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
7125	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
7126		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
7127	CONFIG: no changes.
7128
71298.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
7130	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
7131		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
7132		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
7133	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
7134		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
7135		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
7136		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
7137		of WPI.
7138	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
7139		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
7140		Kyoto University.
7141	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
7142		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
7143		on illegal host names.
7144	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
7145		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
7146		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
7147	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
7148		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
7149		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
7150	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
7151		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
7152		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7153	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
7154		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
7155		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
7156	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
7157		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
7158		University of Leicester.
7159	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
7160		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
7161		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
7162		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
7163		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
7164		University of Washington.
7165	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7166		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
7167			people pointed this out.
7168		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
7169		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
7170			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
7171	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
7172		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
7173	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
7174		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
7175		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
7176		Softec.
7177	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
7178		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7179	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
7180		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
7181
71828.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
7183	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
7184		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
7185	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
7186		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
7187		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
7188	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
7189		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
7190		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
7191		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
7192	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
7193		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
7194		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
7195		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
7196		NSC (Japan).
7197	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
7198		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
7199		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7200	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
7201		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
7202		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
7203		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
7204	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
7205		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
7206		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
7207		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
7208		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
7209		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
7210		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
7211		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
7212	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
7213		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
7214	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
7215		printout.
7216	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
7217	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7218		square braces.
7219	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7220		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7221		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7222	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7223		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
7224		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7225		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7226	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7227		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7228		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7229		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7230	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7231		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7232		Dandelion Digital.
7233	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7234		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7235	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7236		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7237		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
7238	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7239		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7240		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7241	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7242		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
7243	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7244		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7245		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7246		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
7247		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7248	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7249		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7250	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7251		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7252		mailers.
7253	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7254		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
7255		Myers of CMU.
7256	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7257		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7258		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
7259		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7260		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
7261		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
7262	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7263		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7264		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7265		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
7266		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7267		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7268		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7269		parameter.
7270	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7271		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7272		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7273		University of Maryland.
7274	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
7275		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7276	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7277		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7278		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7279	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
7280		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7281		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7282		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7283		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
7284		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7285		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
7286	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
7287		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7288		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
7289		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
7290		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7291	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7292		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7293		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
7294		section 5.2.5.
7295	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7296		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7297		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
7298		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7299		is for incoming connections only.
7300	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
7301		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7302		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
7303		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
7304		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7305		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7306		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7307		(e.g., due to connection caching).
7308	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7309		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7310		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7311		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
7312		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7313		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7314		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7315		that take a very long time to run.
7316	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
7317		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7318		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7319	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7320		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
7321		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7322	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7323		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7324		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7325	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7326		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
7327		Costales.
7328	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7329		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7330		Technologies, Inc.
7331	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7332		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7333		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7334	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7335		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7336		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7337		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7338		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7339		different for this case.
7340	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7341		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7342		of Stanford University.
7343	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7344		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7345		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
7346		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7347	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7348		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
7349		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7350	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7351		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
7352		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7353	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7354		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7355		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
7356		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7357	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7358		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7359		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7360		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7361		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7362		Pasteur Institute.
7363	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7364		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7365		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
7366		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7367	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7368		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
7369		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7370		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7371		canonification.
7372	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7373		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7374		mailers.
7375	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7376		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7377		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7378		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
7379		either of these in their configuration file.
7380	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7381		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
7382		St. Peter's College.
7383	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7384		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
7385	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7386		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7387	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
7388		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7389	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7390		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
7391		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7392		Costales.
7393	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7394		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7395		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
7396		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7397		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7398		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
7399		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7400		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7401		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7402		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7403		in rulesets.
7404	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7405		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7406		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7407		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7408		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7409		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7410		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7411		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7412	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7413		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7414		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7415		on that basis.
7416	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
7417		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7418	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7419		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7420		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7421		Vixie.
7422	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
7423		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7424		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7425		See also the src/READ_ME file.
7426	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7427		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
7428		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7429		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7430		two characters $, +.
7431	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7432		debug_dumpstate.
7433	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7434		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7435		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7436		valid recipients.
7437	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7438		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
7439		noted by Tom May.
7440	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7441		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7442		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
7443		Beck of InReference, Inc.
7444	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7445		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7446		Computing Corporation.
7447	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7448		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7449		Internet Communications.
7450	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7451		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7452		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7453		of Lysator.
7454	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
7455		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7456		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7457		of the University of Iceland.
7458	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7459		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7460		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7461		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
7462		this change is a no-op.
7463	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
7464		Costales.
7465	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
7466		Bryan Costales.
7467	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7468		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7469	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7470		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7471	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
7472		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7473	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7474		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7475		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
7476		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7477	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7478		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
7479		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
7480		Jones of UUNET.
7481	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7482		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7483		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7484	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7485		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7486		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7487		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7488		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7489		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7490	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7491		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7492		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7493		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7494		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7495		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7496		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7497		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7498		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7499		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7500		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7501		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7502	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7503		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7504		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7505		of Stanford University.
7506	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7507		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7508		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7509		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7510		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7511		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7512		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7513	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7514		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7515		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7516		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7517		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7518		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7519	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7520		Motonori Nakamura.
7521	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7522		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7523		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7524		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7525	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7526		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7527		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7528		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7529		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7530		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7531		value is ".hoststat".
7532		There are also two new operation modes:
7533		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7534		    connections.
7535		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7536		    recent status information.
7537		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7538		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7539		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7540		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7541		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7542	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7543		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7544		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7545		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7546		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7547		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7548		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7549		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7550		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7551		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7552		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7553	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7554		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7555		Costales.
7556	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7557		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7558	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7559		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7560		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7561		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7562	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7563		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7564		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7565		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7566		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7567		Webmasters.
7568	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7569		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7570		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7571		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7572		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7573	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7574		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7575		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7576		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7577		of Washington, Seattle.
7578	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7579		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7580		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7581		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7582		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7583		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7584	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7585		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7586		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7587		Nakamura.
7588	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7589		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7590		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7591		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7592		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7593		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7594		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7595		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7596		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7597		well constrained.
7598	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7599		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7600		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7601		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7602		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7603	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7604		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7605		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7606		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7607		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7608		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7609	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7610		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7611		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7612	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7613		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7614		Wolfhugel.
7615	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7616		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7617	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7618		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7619		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7620	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7621		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7622	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7623		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7624		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7625		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7626		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7627	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7628		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7629		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7630		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7631	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7632		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7633		National University of Singapore.
7634	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7635		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7636		system can't cope with.
7637	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7638		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7639			Atlas International.
7640		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7641			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7642		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7643			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7644			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7645			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7646			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7647			Bernstein and Associates.
7648		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7649			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7650			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7651		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7652			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7653		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7654			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7655			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7656		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7657			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7658		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7659			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7660		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7661		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7662		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7663			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7664			Institute.
7665		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7666			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7667		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7668		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7669			Employment Standards Administration.
7670		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7671		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7672			Jr.
7673		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7674			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7675		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7676			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7677		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7678		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7679		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7680		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7681			of the University of Arizona.
7682		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7683			Vanderbilt University.
7684		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7685			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7686			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7687			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7688	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7689		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7690	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7691		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7692		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7693		Foundation.
7694	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7695	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7696		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7697		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7698		Myers of CMU.
7699	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7700		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7701		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7702	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7703		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7704		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7705		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7706		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7707		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7708		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7709		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7710	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7711		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7712		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7713		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7714		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7715		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7716		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7717	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7718		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7719		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7720		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7721			info@foo.com	foo-info
7722			info@bar.com	bar-info
7723			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7724		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7725		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7726		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7727		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7728		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7729		a great many people.
7730	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7731		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7732	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7733		"fax" mailer.
7734	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7735		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7736		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7737		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7738		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7739		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7740	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7741		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7742		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7743		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7744		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7745	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7746		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7747		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7748		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7749		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7750		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7751	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7752		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7753		of WPI.
7754	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7755		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7756		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7757	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7758		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
7759		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7760	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7761		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
7762		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7763		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7764	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7765	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7766		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7767		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
7768		by Andreas Luik.
7769	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7770		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7771		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7772	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7773		Wolfhugel.
7774	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7775	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
7776		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7777		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7778		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7779		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7780		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
7781		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7782	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7783		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7784		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7785		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7786		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7787	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
7788		Costales.
7789	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7790	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7791		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7792	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7793	NEW FILES:
7794		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7795		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7796		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7797		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7798		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7799		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7800		mailstats/mailstats.8
7801		praliases/praliases.8
7802		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7803		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7804		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7805		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7806		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7807		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
7808		cf/ostype/altos.m4
7809		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
7810		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7811		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
7812		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7813	DELETED FILES:
7814		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7815		contrib/xla/README
7816		contrib/xla/xla.c
7817	RENAMED FILES:
7818		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7819		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
7820		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
7821		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7822		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7823
78248.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
7825	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7826		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7827		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
7828		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7829		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7830	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7831		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
7832		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7833
78348.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
7835	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7836		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7837		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7838		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7839		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7840		and others.
7841
78428.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7843	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7844		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7845		any user (except root).
7846	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7847		version number is unchanged.
7848
78498.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7850	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7851		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7852		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7853	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7854		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7855		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7856		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7857	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7858		Costales.
7859	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7860		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7861		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7862			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7863			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7864			Stanford University.
7865	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7866		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7867
78688.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7869	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7870		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7871		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7872	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7873		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7874		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7875		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7876		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7877		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7878		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7879	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7880		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7881		by Kari Hurtta.
7882	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7883		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7884		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7885		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7886		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7887		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7888		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7889		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7890		bounces when it should have requeued.
7891	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7892		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7893		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7894		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7895	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7896		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7897		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7898		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7899		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7900		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7901		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7902		Infobiogen.
7903	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7904		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7905		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7906		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7907		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7908	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7909		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7910	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7911		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7912		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7913	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7914		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7915		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7916	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7917		underscores.
7918	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7919		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7920		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7921	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7922		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7923		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7924		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7925	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7926		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7927		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7928		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7929		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7930	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7931		Costales of ICSI.
7932	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7933		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7934		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7935	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7936		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7937		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7938		Technological University.
7939	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7940		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7941		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7942		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7943	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7944		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7945	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7946		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7947	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7948		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7949		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7950		Inc.
7951	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7952		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7953		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7954	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7955		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7956		University.
7957	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7958		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7959		Association for Progressive Communications.
7960	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7961		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7962		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7963		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7964		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7965		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7966		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7967		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7968	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7969		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7970		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7971		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7972	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7973		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7974		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7975		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7976		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7977		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7978	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7979		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7980			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7981			James B. Davis of TCI.
7982		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7983			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7984		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7985			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7986			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7987			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7988			isn't supported on all compilers.
7989		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7990	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7991		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7992	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7993		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7994	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7995		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7996		(France).
7997	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7998		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7999	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
8000		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
8001		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
8002	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
8003		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
8004		for different files.
8005	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
8006		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
8007		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8008	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
8009		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
8010		changes).
8011
80128.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
8013	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
8014		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
8015		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
8016		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
8017	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
8018		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
8019		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
8020		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
8021		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
8022		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8023	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
8024		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
8025		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
8026		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
8027		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
8028		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
8029		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
8030		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
8031		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
8032		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
8033	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
8034		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
8035		results.  This could have security implications.
8036	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
8037		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
8038		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
8039	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
8040		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
8041		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
8042		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
8043		Elz.
8044	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
8045		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
8046	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
8047		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
8048		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
8049		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
8050		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
8051		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
8052		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
8053		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
8054		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
8055		domain names are your friends.
8056	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
8057		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
8058	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
8059		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
8060	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
8061		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
8062		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
8063		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
8064		of TerraNet.
8065	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
8066		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
8067		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
8068		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
8069		of WPI.
8070	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8071		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
8072			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
8073			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
8074			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
8075			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
8076		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
8077			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
8078		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
8079		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
8080		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
8081			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
8082	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
8083		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
8084		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
8085	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
8086		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
8087		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8088	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
8089		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
8090		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
8091		Infobiogen (France).
8092	NEW FILES:
8093		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8094		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8095		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
8096
80978.7/8.7		1995/09/16
8098	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
8099		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
8100		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
8101		Global Communications.
8102	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
8103		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
8104	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
8105		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
8106		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
8107		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
8108		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
8109	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
8110		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
8111		can be confusing.
8112	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
8113		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
8114	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
8115		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
8116	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
8117		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
8118		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
8119		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
8120		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
8121		Maryland.
8122	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
8123		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
8124		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
8125		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
8126		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8127	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
8128		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
8129		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
8130		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
8131		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
8132	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
8133		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8134	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
8135		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
8136		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
8137		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8138	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
8139		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
8140		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
8141		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
8142		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
8143		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
8144		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
8145		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
8146		Swarthmore University.
8147	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
8148		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
8149		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
8150		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
8151			ruleset.
8152		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
8153		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
8154			-d debug flag.
8155		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
8156		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
8157		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
8158		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
8159			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
8160			and the parsed address.
8161		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
8162			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
8163		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
8164			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
8165			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
8166			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
8167			recipients.
8168		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
8169			return the result.
8170		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
8171			`mapname' and return the result.
8172	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
8173		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
8174	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
8175		the header for envelope sender information and uses
8176		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
8177		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
8178		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
8179		that functionality.
8180	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
8181		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
8182		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
8183		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
8184		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
8185		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
8186	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
8187		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
8188		of Michigan Technological University.
8189	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
8190		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
8191		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
8192		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
8193		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
8194		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
8195		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
8196		or not.
8197	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
8198		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
8199		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
8200		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
8201		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
8202		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
8203		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
8204	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
8205		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
8206		should have minimal impact on external function.
8207	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
8208		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
8209			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
8210		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
8211			7	SevenBitInput
8212			8	EightBitMode
8213			A	AliasFile
8214			a	AliasWait
8215			B	BlankSub
8216			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
8217			C	CheckpointInterval
8218			c	HoldExpensive
8219			D	AutoRebuildAliases
8220			d	DeliveryMode
8221			E	ErrorHeader
8222			e	ErrorMode
8223			f	SaveFromLine
8224			F	TempFileMode
8225			G	MatchGECOS
8226			H	HelpFile
8227			h	MaxHopCount
8228			i	IgnoreDots
8229			I	ResolverOptions
8230			J	ForwardPath
8231			j	SendMimeErrors
8232			k	ConnectionCacheSize
8233			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
8234			L	LogLevel
8235			l	UseErrorsTo
8236			m	MeToo
8237			n	CheckAliases
8238			O	DaemonPortOptions
8239			o	OldStyleHeaders
8240			P	PostmasterCopy
8241			p	PrivacyOptions
8242			Q	QueueDirectory
8243			q	QueueFactor
8244			R	DontPruneRoutes
8245			r, T	Timeout
8246			S	StatusFile
8247			s	SuperSafe
8248			t	TimeZoneSpec
8249			u	DefaultUser
8250			U	UserDatabaseSpec
8251			V	FallbackMXHost
8252			v	Verbose
8253			w	TryNullMXList
8254			x	QueueLA
8255			X	RefuseLA
8256			Y	ForkEachJob
8257			y	RecipientFactor
8258			z	ClassFactor
8259			Z	RetryFactor
8260		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8261		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8262			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
8263			$l	UnixFromLine
8264			$o	OperatorChars
8265			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
8266		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8267		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8268		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8269		specify "V6" in the configuration.
8270	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8271		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8272		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8273		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
8274		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8275		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8276		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8277		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
8278		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8279		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8280	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8281		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
8282		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8283			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
8284			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8285		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8286			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8287			recipient mailer flags.
8288		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8289		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8290			delivery.
8291		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8292		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8293		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
8294		    |	Check for |program on this address.
8295		    /	Check for /file on this address.
8296		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
8297			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
8298			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8299			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8300		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8301		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8302		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8303	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
8304		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8305		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8306		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
8307		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8308		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
8309		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8310		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8311		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8312		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8313		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8314		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
8315		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8316		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8317		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
8318		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8319			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8320			(essentially, the full MIME option).
8321		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8322			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8323		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8324			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
8325			flag is ignored.
8326		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8327			the setting of F=8.
8328	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8329		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8330		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8331		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8332	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8333		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8334		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
8335		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8336	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
8337		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8338		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
8339		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8340	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8341		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8342		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8343		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
8344		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8345		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8346		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8347		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8348	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8349		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
8350		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8351		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8352		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
8353		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8354		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8355		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8356		Unicom.
8357	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8358		fashion as the U= mailer option.
8359	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8360		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
8361		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8362		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8363		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8364		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8365		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
8366		from Chip Rosenthal.
8367	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8368		For example,
8369		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
8370		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8371		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
8372		set them both the preferred new syntax is
8373		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8374		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8375	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8376		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8377		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
8378		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8379		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
8380		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8381		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8382		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
8383		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8384		contribution was to make it configurable).
8385	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8386		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8387		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8388		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8389		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8390		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8391	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8392		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8393		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8394		I/O redirection.
8395	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8396		can be confusing.
8397	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8398		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8399		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8400	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8401	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8402		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
8403		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8404		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8405		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
8406		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8407		queue-only.
8408	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8409		:include: and .forward files.
8410	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8411		key field name, the value field name, and the field
8412		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
8413		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8414		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8415	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8416		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8417	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8418		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
8419		Sun Microsystems.
8420	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
8421		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
8422		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
8423		Hutton of Indiana University.
8424	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
8425		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8426		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8427		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
8428		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
8429		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8430	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
8431		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8432		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8433		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8434		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8435		as comments.
8436	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
8437		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8438		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
8439		are from sysexits.h.
8440	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8441		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
8442		    Kmap1 ...
8443		    Kmap2 ...
8444		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8445		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8446		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8447		map2 is searched and the value returned.
8448	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
8449		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8450		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
8451		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8452		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8453		For example, if the declaration of the map is
8454		    Ksample switch hosts
8455		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8456		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8457		equivalent to
8458		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8459		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8460	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
8461		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8462		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8463		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
8464		the -m (matchonly) flag.
8465	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8466		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
8467		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8468	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8469		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8470		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
8471		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8472	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
8473		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8474		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8475		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8476		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8477		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8478		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
8479		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8480		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8481	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8482		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8483		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8484		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8485		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8486	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8487		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8488		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8489		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8490		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8491		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8492		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8493	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8494		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8495		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8496		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8497		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8498		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8499	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8500		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8501		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8502		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8503		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8504		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8505		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8506	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8507		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8508		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8509	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8510		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8511		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8512		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8513	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8514		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8515		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8516		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8517		much longer than the specified timeout.
8518	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8519		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8520		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8521		denial-of-service attack.
8522	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8523		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8524		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8525	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8526		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8527		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8528		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8529		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8530		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8531		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8532		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8533		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8534		actually file lookups.
8535	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8536		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8537		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8538		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8539	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8540		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8541		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8542		support for them has been removed.
8543	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8544		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8545		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8546	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8547		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8548		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8549		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8550	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8551		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8552		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8553	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8554		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8555		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8556	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8557		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8558		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8559	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8560		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8561		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8562	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8563		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8564		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8565		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8566		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8567		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8568		Microsystems.
8569	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8570		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8571		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8572		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8573		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8574		option can give the network software time to establish
8575		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8576	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8577		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8578		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8579		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8580	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8581		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8582		the National Computer Security Center.
8583	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8584		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8585		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8586		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8587		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8588	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8589		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8590		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8591		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8592		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8593		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8594		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8595		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8596		University Computing Service.
8597	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8598		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8599		the University of Kentucky.
8600	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8601		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8602		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8603	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8604		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8605	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8606		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8607		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8608		Corporation.
8609	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8610		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8611		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8612		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8613	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8614		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8615		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8616		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8617		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8618		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8619		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8620	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8621		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8622		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8623	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8624		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8625		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8626		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8627	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8628		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8629		Communications.
8630	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8631		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8632		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8633		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8634		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8635	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8636		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8637		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8638		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8639		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8640	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8641		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8642	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8643		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8644		on values:
8645		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8646					message will be passed on even
8647					though it is in technically
8648					illegal syntax.
8649		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8650					recipients that it can find from
8651					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8652					Bcc: recipients.
8653		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8654					has almost no redeeming social value,
8655					and is provided only for back
8656					compatibility.
8657		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8658					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8659					which will have the effect of
8660					making the message legal without
8661					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8662		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8663					There is a chance that mailers down
8664					the line will delete this header,
8665					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8666					recipients.
8667		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8668	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8669		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8670		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8671		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8672		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8673	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8674		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8675		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8676		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8677		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8678		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8679		For example, if you run with
8680			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8681		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8682		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8683		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8684		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8685	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8686		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8687			list: member1
8688			list: member2
8689		and an alias file declared as:
8690			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8691		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8692		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8693		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8694	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8695	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8696		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8697		Johannesen.
8698	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8699		to be simpler and more consistent.
8700	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8701		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8702		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8703		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8704	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8705		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8706		This may affect some people who have written their own
8707		checkcompat() routine.
8708	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8709		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8710		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8711	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8712		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8713		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8714		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8715	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8716		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8717		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8718		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8719		Corporation.
8720	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8721		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8722		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8723		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8724		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8725		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8726		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8727		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8728	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8729		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8730		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8731	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8732		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8733		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8734	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8735		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8736		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8737	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8738		the header.
8739	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8740	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8741		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8742		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8743	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8744		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8745		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8746		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8747		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8748		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8749	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8750		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8751		is added between the first and second word of the first
8752		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8753		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8754		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8755		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8756		old sendmails understand.
8757	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8758		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
8759	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8760		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8761		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
8762		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8763		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8764		data -- for example,
8765		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8766					(romanized/less information)
8767		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8768					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8769					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8770		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8771					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8772		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8773		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8774	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8775		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8776		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8777		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
8778		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
8779		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8780		Eric Prestemon of American University.
8781	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8782		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8783		increment on the background value).
8784	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
8785		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
8786		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8787	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8788		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8789		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8790	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8791		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8792		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
8793		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8794		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8795	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8796		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
8797		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
8798		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8799		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8800		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
8801		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8802		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8803		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8804	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8805		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
8806		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8807		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8808		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8809		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8810		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8811	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8812		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8813		service type is "files".
8814	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
8815		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8816		into class "c".
8817	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8818		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
8819		contributed by SunSoft.
8820	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8821		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
8822		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8823		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8824		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
8825		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8826		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
8827		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8828		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8829		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8830	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8831		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8832		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
8833		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8834	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8835		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8836		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8837		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8838		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8839		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8840		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8841	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8842		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8843	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8844		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8845		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8846	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8847		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8848		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8849		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8850		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8851		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8852		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8853		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8854		flags.
8855	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8856		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8857		Motonori Nakamura.
8858	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8859		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8860		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8861		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8862		of MIT.
8863	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8864		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8865	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8866		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8867		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8868		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8869		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8870		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8871		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8872		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8873		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8874	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8875		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8876		the make.
8877	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8878		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8879		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8880		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8881	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8882		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8883		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8884		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8885		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8886		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8887	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8888		of Sun Microsystems.
8889	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8890		is at least 50% faster.
8891	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8892		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8893		University.
8894	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8895		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8896	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8897		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8898		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8899		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8900	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8901		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8902		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8903	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8904		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8905		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8906		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8907		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8908		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8909	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8910		Carnegie Mellon.
8911	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8912		support.
8913	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8914		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8915		Global Information Solutions.
8916	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8917		From Motonori Nakamura.
8918	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8919		Motonori Nakamura.
8920	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8921		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8922	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8923		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8924		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8925		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8926		James of British Telecom.
8927	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8928		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8929	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8930		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8931		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8932		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8933		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8934		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8935		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8936	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8937		a bad guy can read your private files.
8938	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8939		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8940		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8941			University.  This expands the disk size
8942			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8943		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8944			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8945		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8946			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8947		Linux Makefile typo.
8948		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8949			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8950		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8951			University, Chico.
8952		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8953			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8954			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8955			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8956			This requires adaptation of code that really
8957			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8958			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8959		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8960			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8961		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8962			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8963		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8964			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8965			problems.
8966		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8967			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8968			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8969		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8970			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8971		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8972			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8973		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8974			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8975			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8976			Wemm of DIALix.
8977		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8978			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8979			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8980			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8981			of Ohio State University.
8982		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8983			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8984			University.
8985		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8986			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8987			Mainz.
8988		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8989		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8990			wrong statfs call).
8991		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8992		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8993			University.
8994		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8995		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8996			Rochester Medical Center.
8997		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8998			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8999			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
9000			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
9001			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
9002		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
9003			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
9004			Division.
9005		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
9006			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
9007		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
9008			Durand of I.M.A.G.
9009		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
9010			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
9011		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
9012		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
9013			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
9014		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
9015		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9016		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
9017		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
9018		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
9019			of Meteo France.
9020		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
9021		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
9022		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
9023		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
9024		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
9025		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
9026		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
9027		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
9028		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
9029		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
9030			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
9031		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
9032			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
9033		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
9034			of Colorado.
9035		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
9036	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
9037		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
9038		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
9039	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
9040		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
9041		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
9042		on the file, but it should be quite small.
9043	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
9044		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
9045		giving the local administrator more control over what
9046		programs can be run from sendmail.
9047	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
9048		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
9049		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
9050		never will.
9051	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
9052		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
9053		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
9054	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
9055		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
9056		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
9057		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
9058		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9059	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
9060		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
9061	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
9062		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
9063		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
9064		arbitrary directory -- use either:
9065			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9066		or
9067			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9068		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
9069		can use:
9070			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
9071		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
9072		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
9073		compatibility.
9074	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
9075		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
9076	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
9077		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
9078	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
9079		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
9080		County.
9081	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
9082	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
9083		just unqualified ones.
9084	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
9085		was never used and didn't work anyway.
9086	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
9087		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
9088	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
9089		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
9090		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
9091		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
9092		centralized hub.
9093	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
9094	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
9095		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
9096		this is expected to be another sendmail.
9097	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
9098		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
9099		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
9100		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
9101		Rosenthal of Unicom.
9102	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
9103		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
9104		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
9105	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
9106		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
9107		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
9108		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
9109		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
9110		but it is a no-op.
9111	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
9112		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
9113		as User Unknown.
9114	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
9115		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
9116		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
9117		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
9118	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
9119		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
9120		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
9121	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
9122		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
9123		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
9124		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9125	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
9126		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
9127		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9128	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
9129	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
9130		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
9131	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
9132		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
9133		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
9134		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
9135	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
9136		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
9137		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
9138		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
9139		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
9140		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
9141		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
9142		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
9143	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
9144		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
9145		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
9146		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
9147		assumed.
9148	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
9149		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
9150		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
9151		Information Systems Agency.
9152	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
9153		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
9154		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
9155	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
9156		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
9157		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
9158		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
9159		that really can be used in the real world.
9160	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
9161		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
9162		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
9163	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
9164		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
9165	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
9166		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
9167		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
9168		by Scott Hutton.
9169	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
9170		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
9171	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
9172		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
9173		people.
9174	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
9175		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
9176	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
9177		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
9178		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
9179	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
9180		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
9181		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
9182	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
9183		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
9184		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
9185		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
9186	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
9187		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
9188		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
9189		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
9190		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
9191		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
9192	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
9193		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
9194		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
9195	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
9196		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
9197		by Kimmo Suominen.
9198	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
9199		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
9200		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
9201	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
9202		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
9203	NEW FILES:
9204		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
9205		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
9206		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
9207		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
9208		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
9209		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
9210		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
9211		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
9212		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
9213		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
9214		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
9215		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
9216		cf/domain/generic.m4
9217		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9218		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9219		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9220		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
9221		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9222		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9223		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
9224		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
9225		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
9226		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9227		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9228		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9229		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9230		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
9231		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
9232		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
9233		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
9234		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9235		contrib/bsdi.mc
9236		contrib/mailprio
9237		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9238		mail.local/mail.local.0
9239		makemap/makemap.0
9240		smrsh/README
9241		smrsh/smrsh.0
9242		smrsh/smrsh.8
9243		smrsh/smrsh.c
9244		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9245		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9246		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9247		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9248		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9249		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9250		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9251		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9252		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9253		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9254		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9255		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9256		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9257		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9258		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9259		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9260		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9261		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9262		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9263		src/aliases.0
9264		src/mailq.0
9265		src/mime.c
9266		src/newaliases.0
9267		src/sendmail.0
9268		test/t_seteuid.c
9269	RENAMED FILES:
9270		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9271		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9272		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9273		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9274		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9275		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9276		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9277		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9278		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9279		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9280		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9281		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9282		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9283		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9284		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9285		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9286		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9287		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9288		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9289		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9290		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9291	OBSOLETED FILES:
9292		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
9293		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
9294		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
9295		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9296		cf/cf/knecht.mc
9297		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9298		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9299		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9300		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9301		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9302		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9303		contrib/rcpt-streaming
9304		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9305
93068.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
9307	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9308		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9309		any user (except root).
9310	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9311		version number is unchanged.
9312
93138.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
9314	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9315		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
9316		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9317		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9318		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9319		each other!).
9320	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9321		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9322		than fork().
9323
93248.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
9325	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9326		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9327	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9328		message when attempted from IDENT.
9329	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9330		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
9331		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
9332		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9333	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9334		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9335		partial lines.
9336	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9337		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
9338		Rob McMahon.
9339	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9340		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
9341		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9342		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9343	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9344		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
9345		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9346		Novell Labs Europe.
9347	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9348		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
9349		Cal State Chico.
9350	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
9351		*Hobbit*.
9352	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9353		and Liudvikas Bukys.
9354	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9355		from Spider Boardman.
9356	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9357		with the binaries).
9358
93598.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
9360	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9361		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9362	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9363		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9364		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9365		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
9366		implications.
9367	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9368		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9369		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9370		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9371	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9372		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
9373		University of Texas.
9374	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9375		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9376		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9377		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9378	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9379		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9380		Data General.
9381	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9382		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
9383		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9384	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9385		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9386		with a lot of arguments).
9387	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9388		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9389		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9390		Michigan.
9391	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9392		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9393		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9394		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9395		Thibault.
9396	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9397		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9398		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
9399		some of the map code.
9400	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9401		with the binaries).
9402
94038.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
9404	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9405		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9406		may have some security implications.
9407	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9408		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
9409		Hill of the University of Iowa.
9410	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
9411		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9412	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9413		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
9414	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9415	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9416		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9417		option.
9418	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9419		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9420		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
9421		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9422		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
9423		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9424		Rochester.
9425	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9426		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
9427		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9428	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9429		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
9430		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9431	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9432		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
9433		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9434	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9435		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9436		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9437		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
9438		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
9439		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9440		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
9441		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9442		messages.
9443	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9444		message to explain how much space was available and
9445		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
9446		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9447	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9448		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9449		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9450		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9451		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9452		moves things more towards what will probably become a
9453		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9454		Kapor Enterprises.
9455	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9456		without recompiling.
9457	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9458		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
9459		purely cosmetic.
9460	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9461		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9462		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
9463	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9464		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9465		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9466		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
9467		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9468		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9469		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9470	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9471		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
9472		Wolfhugel.
9473	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9474		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9475		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9476		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9477		refused" response, and that the connection can be
9478		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
9479		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9480		size around and can never start listening to connections
9481		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9482		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9483		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9484		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9485		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9486		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9487		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9488		implications.
9489	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9490		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9491	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9492		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9493		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9494	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9495		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9496		information.
9497	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9498		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9499		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9500		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9501		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9502		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9503		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9504	Portability fixes:
9505		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9506		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9507		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9508		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9509		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9510		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9511			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9512		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9513			Corporation.
9514		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9515		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9516			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9517		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9518	New Files:
9519		src/Makefile.CLIX
9520		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9521		doc/changes/Makefile
9522		doc/changes/changes.me
9523		doc/changes/changes.ps
9524
95258.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9526	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9527		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9528		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9529
95308.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9531	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9532		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9533		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9534		list.
9535
95368.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9537	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9538		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9539		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9540		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9541		valid shell.
9542	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9543		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9544		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9545		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9546		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9547		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9548	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9549		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9550		from a local user to another local user.  From
9551		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9552	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9553		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9554		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9555	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9556		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9557		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9558		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9559		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9560		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9561		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9562		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9563		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9564	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9565		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9566		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9567	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9568		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9569		BSD-like system.
9570	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9571		protocol entirely.
9572	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9573		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9574		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9575		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9576		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9577	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9578	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9579		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9580		files.
9581	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9582		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9583		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9584	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9585		of CMU.
9586	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9587		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9588		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9589	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9590		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9591		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9592		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9593	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9594		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9595		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9596		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9597		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9598		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9599	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9600		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9601	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9602		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9603		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9604		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9605		Motonori Nakamura.
9606	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9607		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9608		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9609	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9610		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9611		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9612		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9613	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9614		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9615		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9616	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9617		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9618		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9619	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9620		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9621		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9622		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9623	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9624		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9625		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9626		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9627	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9628		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9629		didn't see the class items being added.
9630	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9631		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9632		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9633		Rutgers.
9634	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9635		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9636	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9637		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9638		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9639		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9640		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9641		the problem myself.
9642	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9643		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9644		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9645		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9646	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9647		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9648		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9649		UUNET.
9650	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9651		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9652		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9653		John Oleynick.
9654	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9655		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9656		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9657	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9658		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9659		Nakamura.
9660	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9661		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9662		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9663		University of Washington.
9664	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9665		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9666	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9667		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9668		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9669		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9670		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9671		of Cambridge University.
9672	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9673		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9674		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9675	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9676		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9677		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9678	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9679		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9680		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9681		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9682		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9683		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9684		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9685		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9686		a chance.
9687	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9688		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9689	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9690		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9691		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9692		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9693		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9694		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9695		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9696		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9697	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9698		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9699	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9700	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9701		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9702		size for various mailers.
9703	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9704		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9705		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9706	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9707		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9708		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9709	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9710	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9711		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9712		system.
9713	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9714		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9715		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9716	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9717		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9718		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9719	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9720		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9721		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9722		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9723		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9724		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9725		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9726		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9727		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9728		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9729		University of Sydney.
9730	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9731		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9732		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9733		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9734		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9735	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9736		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9737		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9738		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9739		Suominen.
9740	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9741		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9742		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9743		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9744	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9745		Suominen.
9746	Portability fixes:
9747		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9748		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9749		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9750		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9751		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9752		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9753		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9754		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9755		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9756	NEW FILES:
9757		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9758		src/Makefile.PTX
9759		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9760		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9761		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9762		src/mailq.1
9763		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9764		doc/op/Makefile
9765		doc/intro/Makefile
9766		doc/usenix/Makefile
9767
97688.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
9769	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9770		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
9771		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9772	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9773		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
9774		permissions they should not have had (usually group
9775		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
9776		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9777	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9778		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9779		Although this does not respond to a specific known
9780		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
9781		Christian Wettergren.
9782	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9783		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9784		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9785		program by putting that in their .forward file.
9786		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9787		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9788		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
9789		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
9790		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9791		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9792		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9793		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9794		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9795		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9796	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9797		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
9798		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9799		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9800	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9801		connection to create problems on the current job.
9802		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9803		the wrong place.
9804	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9805		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9806		problem that ignored the load average in locally
9807		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9808	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
9809		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9810	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9811		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9812		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9813	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9814		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
9815		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
9816		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
9817		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9818	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9819		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
9820		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9821	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9822		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9823		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
9824	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9825		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9826	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9827		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9828		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
9829		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
9830	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9831		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9832		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9833	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9834		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9835		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
9836	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9837		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9838		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9839	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9840		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9841		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9842		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9843		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9844		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9845	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9846		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9847		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9848		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9849	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9850		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9851		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9852		dot convention.
9853	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9854		of from a clean exit.
9855	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9856		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9857		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9858	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9859		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9860		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9861		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9862	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9863		Jones of UUNET.
9864	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9865		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9866		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9867		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9868	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9869		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9870		says that they should be ignored.
9871	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9872		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9873		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9874		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9875		is not reentrant.
9876	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9877		documented in the Bat Book.
9878	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9879		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9880		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9881		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9882	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9883		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9884		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9885		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9886		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9887	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9888		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9889	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9890		of Kyoto University.
9891	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9892		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9893	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9894		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9895	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9896		Bryan Costales.
9897	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9898		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9899	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9900		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9901		Nakamura.
9902	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9903		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9904		illegal addresses appearing there).
9905	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9906		BB&N.
9907	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9908		included.
9909	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9910		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9911	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9912		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9913		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9914		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9915	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9916		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9917	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9918		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9919		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9920	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9921		to include a host name or other useful information.
9922	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9923		DeMarco.
9924	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9925		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9926		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9927		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9928		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9929	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9930		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9931	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9932		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9933		this properly).
9934	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9935		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9936		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9937	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9938		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9939		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9940		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9941		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9942		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9943		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9944		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9945	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9946		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9947		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9948		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9949		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9950		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9951		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9952	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9953		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9954		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9955		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9956	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9957		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9958	Portability fixes for:
9959		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9960		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9961		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9962		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9963		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9964			of Stoner Associates.
9965		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9966		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9967			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9968			of Maryland.
9969		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9970		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9971		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9972		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9973		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9974		RISC/os.
9975		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9976			at Chico.
9977		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9978		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9979		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9980			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9981			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9982	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9983		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9984		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9985		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9986		addresses when relaying internally.
9987	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9988		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9989		provided by Peter Wemm.
9990	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9991		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9992		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9993	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9994		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9995	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9996		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9997		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9998		names.
9999	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
10000		rather than letting them get "local configuration
10001		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
10002	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
10003		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
10004		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
10005		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
10006		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
10007	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
10008		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
10009	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
10010	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
10011		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
10012		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
10013		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
10014		of Georgia Tech.
10015	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
10016		Jim Murray of Stratus.
10017	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
10018		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
10019		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
10020		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
10021		the local name prepended.
10022	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
10023	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
10024	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
10025		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
10026	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
10027		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
10028		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
10029	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
10030		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
10031			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
10032		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
10033			:include: files and accounts that have shells
10034			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
10035			cause some .forward files that have worked
10036			before to start failing.
10037		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
10038	NEW FILES:
10039		src/Makefile.DGUX
10040		src/Makefile.Dynix
10041		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
10042		src/Makefile.Mach386
10043		src/Makefile.NetBSD
10044		src/Makefile.RISCos
10045		src/Makefile.SCO
10046		src/Makefile.SVR4
10047		src/Makefile.Titan
10048		cf/mailer/pop.m4
10049		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
10050		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
10051		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
10052		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
10053		makemap/Makefile.dist
10054		praliases/Makefile.dist
10055
100568.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
10057	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
10058		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
10059		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
10060	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
10061		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
10062		class of attack.
10063	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
10064		in a few critical places.
10065	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
10066		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
10067		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
10068		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
10069		and High-Energy Physics.
10070	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
10071		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
10072		Eric Wassenaar.
10073	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
10074		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
10075		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
10076		Wassenaar.
10077	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
10078		really become relevant in the next release, but some
10079		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
10080		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
10081	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
10082		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
10083		these can have different values depending on which
10084		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10085	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
10086		what uid/gid processes ran as.
10087	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
10088		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
10089		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
10090		postmaster" case.
10091	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
10092	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
10093		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
10094	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
10095		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
10096		Christopher Davis.
10097	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
10098		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
10099		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
10100		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
10101	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
10102		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
10103
101048.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
10105	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
10106		addresses that get return-receipts.
10107	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
10108		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
10109		and end up sending the message several times.
10110	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
10111		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
10112		four hours".
10113	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
10114		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
10115		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
10116		Cornell University Medical College.
10117	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
10118		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
10119		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
10120		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
10121		Wassenaar.
10122	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
10123		connections fail during message collection.  From
10124		Eric Wassenaar.
10125	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
10126		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
10127		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
10128		Stratus.
10129	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
10130		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
10131		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10132	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
10133		by non-root users were not put into
10134		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
10135		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
10136		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
10137	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
10138		could get confused as to whether a database was
10139		open or not.
10140	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
10141		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
10142		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
10143		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
10144		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
10145	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
10146		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
10147		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
10148	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
10149
101508.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
10151	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
10152	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
10153		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
10154		propagated to the queue file.
10155
101568.6/8.6		1993/10/05
10157	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
10158		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
10159	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
10160		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
10161		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
10162		header files but don't have the syscall.
10163	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
10164		if trymx == FALSE.
10165	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
10166		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
10167		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
10168		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10169	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
10170		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10171	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
10172		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
10173		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
10174		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
10175		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
10176		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
10177		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
10178	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
10179		Kanbe.
10180	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
10181		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
10182		Wisner of The Well.
10183	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
10184		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
10185	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
10186		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
10187		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
10188		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
10189		files that you should be able to read but have previously
10190		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
10191		read permission.
10192	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
10193		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
10194		MX suppression will still work.
10195	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
10196		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
10197		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
10198		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10199	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
10200		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
10201		Nakamura.
10202	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
10203		"CX $Z" works.
10204	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
10205		trying to send the original message if the connection
10206		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
10207		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
10208		by John Myers of CMU.
10209	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
10210		term bug.
10211	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
10212		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
10213		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
10214		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
10215		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
10216		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
10217	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10218	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10219		ruleset testing a bit easier.
10220	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10221		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10222		level.
10223	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10224		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
10225		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
10226		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10227		address.
10228	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10229		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10230		Harvey Mudd College.
10231	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10232		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
10233		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10234		their full name information.
10235	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10236		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10237		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
10238	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10239		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10240	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10241		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10242		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10243		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10244	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10245		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
10246		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10247		PC TCP/IP implementations.
10248	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10249		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
10250		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
10251		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10252		names.
10253	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10254		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10255		helpful.
10256	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10257		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
10258		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
10259		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10260	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10261		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10262		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10263	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10264		that claims to be itself works properly.
10265	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10266		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10267		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10268		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10269	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10270		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
10271		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10272	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10273		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10274		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10275		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10276		scratch.
10277	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10278		true address to still send to the original address
10279		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10280		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10281		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10282	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
10283		more trouble than it was worth.
10284	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10285		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
10286		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10287	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
10288		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10289		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10290	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10291		the queue.
10292	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10293		messages don't come out with stale information.
10294	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10295		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10296	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10297		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
10298		Myers of CMU.
10299	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10300		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
10301		Corrigan.
10302	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10303		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
10304		sender address.
10305	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10306	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10307	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10308		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10309		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10310		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10311		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10312		that does bulk data transfer).
10313	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
10314		Amir Plivatsky.
10315	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
10316		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10317		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10318		bogus config files that were not caught.
10319	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10320		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10321	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10322		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10323		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10324	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10325		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10326	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10327		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10328		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10329		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10330	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10331		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10332	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10333		opened or if running with no database format defined.
10334	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10335		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10336	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10337		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
10338		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10339		Melbourne.
10340	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10341		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10342		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
10343		to match regular entries.
10344	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10345		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10346	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10347		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10348	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10349		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10350		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10351	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10352		error message so that the "subject" line of return
10353		messages is the best possible.
10354	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10355		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10356		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10357	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10358		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10359	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10360		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10361	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10362		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10363	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10364	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
10365		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10366		on the address.
10367	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10368		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10369		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10370		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10371		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10372	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10373	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10374	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10375		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10376		addresses in any detail.
10377	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10378		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10379	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10380		with an address such as "!foo".
10381	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10382		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
10383		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10384		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
10385		Bret Marquis.
10386
103878.5/8.5		1993/07/23
10388	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10389		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10390		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10391		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10392	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10393		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
10394		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10395		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10396		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
10397		Nakamura.
10398	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10399		are no DNS records matching the name.
10400	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10401		original message was received ... from localhost".
10402		The correct original host information is now included.
10403	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10404		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
10405		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
10406	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10407		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10408	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10409		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10410		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10411		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
10412		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10413		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
10414		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10415		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10416
104178.4/8.4		1993/07/22
10418	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
10419		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10420		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10421		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10422		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
10423		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10424		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10425		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10426		are really configuration errors.  This option is
10427		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10428		UIUC sendmail.
10429	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10430		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
10431		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10432		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10433		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
10434		by Neil Rickert.
10435	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10436		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10437		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
10438		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10439		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
10440		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10441		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10442		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10443		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
10444		of dickering with error handling (see below).
10445	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
10446		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10447		humans.
10448	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10449		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
10450	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10451		repaired).
10452	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10453		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
10454		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10455		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
10456	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10457		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
10458		connection rather than sending QUIT.
10459	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10460		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10461		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
10462		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10463		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10464	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10465		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10466		core dumps on some machines.
10467	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10468		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10469		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10470		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10471		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10472		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
10473		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10474		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10475		some true error conditions.
10476	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10477		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
10478		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10479		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10480	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10481		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10482		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10483		by Motonori Nakamura.
10484	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10485		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10486		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10487		a queue run than a direct run.
10488	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10489		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10490		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10491	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10492		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10493		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10494		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10495		restart it.
10496	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10497		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10498		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10499		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10500		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10501		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10502		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10503		is appropriately functional.
10504	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10505		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10506		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10507		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10508	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10509		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10510		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10511		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10512		Technologies.
10513	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10514		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10515		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10516		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10517		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10518		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10519		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10520		things.
10521	Portability changes:
10522		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10523			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10524			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10525			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10526			of Colorado.
10527		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10528			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10529		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10530			Corporation.
10531		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10532			documentation apparently doesn't define
10533			__STDC__ by default).
10534		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10535		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10536			Motonori Nakamura.
10537	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10538	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10539		several people have made a good argument that this
10540		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10541		may prove painful in the short run).
10542	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10543		format.
10544	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10545		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10546		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10547	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10548		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10549		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10550		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10551		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10552	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10553		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10554		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10555		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10556	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10557		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10558		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10559		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10560	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10561		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10562		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10563		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10564		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10565	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10566		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10567
105688.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10569	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10570		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10571		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10572		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10573		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10574		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10575		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10576		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10577		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10578	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10579		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10580		"user friendly".
10581	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10582		16 bytes/sec.
10583	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10584		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10585		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10586		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10587		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10588		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10589		for quick test cases.
10590	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10591		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10592		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10593		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10594	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10595		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10596		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10597	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10598		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10599		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10600		From Michael Corrigan.
10601	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10602		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10603		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10604	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10605		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10606		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10607	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10608		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10609		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10610	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10611
106128.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10613	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10614	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10615		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10616		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10617	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10618	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10619		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10620		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10621		from Bill Wisner.
10622	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10623		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10624	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10625		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10626		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10627	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10628		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10629		match the other flags in that file.
10630	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10631	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10632		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10633	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10634		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10635		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10636	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10637		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10638	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10639		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10640		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10641	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10642		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10643		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10644	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10645		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10646		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10647		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10648		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10649	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10650		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10651		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10652		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10653		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10654		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10655		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10656		be owned by you.
10657	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10658		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10659		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10660		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10661	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10662	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10663	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10664		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10665		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10666		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10667		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10668		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10669	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10670		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10671		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10672		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10673		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10674		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10675		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10676		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10677		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10678		it adapts.
10679	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10680		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10681		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10682		way.
10683	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10684		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10685		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10686	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10687		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10688		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10689		only happen when there has been another error in the
10690		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10691		by default in conf.h.
10692	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10693		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10694		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10695		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10696		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10697		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10698		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10699		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10700	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10701		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10702		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10703		See cf/README for an example.
10704	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10705		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10706	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10707		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10708		has been requested by several people, but can break
10709		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10710		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10711		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10712		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10713	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10714		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10715		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10716	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10717		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10718		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10719		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10720	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10721		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10722		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10723
107248.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10725	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10726		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10727	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10728		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10729		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10730	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10731
107328.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10733	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10734		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10735		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10736
107378.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10738	Another mailertable fix....
10739
107408.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10741	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10742